<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------

                                   FORM 10-K

       /X/  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
            OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
            FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995

       / /  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
            OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
               COMMISSION FILE NUMBER
                      0-12933
</TABLE>


                            ------------------------

                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
         DELAWARE                 94-2634797
     (State of other           (I.R.S. Employer
       jurisdiction          Identification No.)
    of incorporation)
  4650 CUSHING PARKWAY,             94538
   FREMONT, CALIFORNIA            (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal
    executive offices)
</TABLE>


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (510) 659-0200

                            ------------------------

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                    COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE
                6% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2003

                            ------------------------

    Indicate  by check  mark whether  the Registrant  (1) has  filed all reports
required to be filed by  Section 13 or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act  of
1934  during  the preceding  12  months (or  for  such shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to  such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_ No ____

    Indicate  by check mark if disclosure  of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge, in definitive  proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. /X/

    The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant,  based on the  average of the  closing price of  the Common Stock on
September 1, 1995, as reported by  the Nasdaq National Market was  approximately
$1,084,494,000.  Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by
each person  who owns  5% or  more of  the outstanding  Common Stock  have  been
excluded  from  this  computation in  that  such  persons may  be  deemed  to be
affiliates.  This  determination  of  affiliate  status  is  not  necessarily  a
conclusive determination for other purposes.

    As of September 1, 1995, the Registrant had outstanding 27,320,607 shares of
Common Stock.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1995 (1995 Annual Report to Stockholders) are incorporated by reference into
Parts I, II and IV of this Form 10-K Report.

    Parts of Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held on October 26, 1995 are incorporated by reference to Part III of this
Form  10-K Report. (The Compensation Committee  Report and the stock performance
graph of  the Registrant's  Proxy Statement  are expressly  not incorporated  by
reference herein.)


                                     PART I


ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
THE COMPANY

    Lam   Research  Corporation  designs,  manufactures,  markets  and  services
semiconductor  processing  equipment  used  in  the  fabrication  of  integrated
circuits.  Lam is recognized by its customers worldwide as a leading supplier of
semiconductor production equipment. The Company's  products are used to  deposit
special films on a silicon wafer (deposition) and selectively etch away portions
of  various films  (etch) to create  an integrated circuit.  Deposition and etch
processes, which are repeated numerous  times during the fabrication cycle,  are
required to manufacture every semiconductor device produced today.

    The  Company currently sells a broad range  of plasma (dry) etch products to
address specific  applications,  including the  AutoEtch-Registered  Trademark-,
Rainbow-TM-,  and TCP-TM- (Transformer Coupled Plasma-TM-) product lines. In the
deposition market, Lam offers  its Epic-TM- high  density plasma (HDP)  chemical
vapor  deposition (CVD)  system, which addresses  advanced intermetal dielectric
applications, and  its Integrity-Registered  Trademark-  low pressure  (LP)  CVD
system,   a  fully  automated   batch  CVD  system   for  interlevel  dielectric
applications.

PRODUCTS

    Semiconductor wafers are subjected to a complex series of process steps that
result in the simultaneous creation  of many individual semiconductor  circuits.
The  basic  steps include  deposition,  photolithography, etching,  assembly and
testing. Lam's products are used in the deposition and etching process steps  of
semiconductor  device manufacturing and are  available as stand-alone systems or
on the  Company's  multichamber  Alliance-TM-  platform.  Lam  incorporates  its
interactive  control  system  software,  Envision-TM-,  for  advanced production
management on each of its systems.

    ETCH PRODUCTS

    The etch process defines line-widths  and other feature sizes on  integrated
circuits. Plasma etching, a dry etch technique, was developed to meet the demand
for  device  geometries  with  line-widths smaller  than  three  microns. Plasma
etching uses ionized gases  that chemically react  with unprotected portions  of
the  wafer to produce finely etched features that form the lines and patterns of
the integrated circuit.

    Today manufacturers  of advanced  integrated circuits  require etch  systems
that  can produce line-widths  as small as 0.25  micron (approximately 1/300 the
thickness of a human  hair) and in  the future are  expected to require  systems
capable  of producing  devices with feature  sizes smaller than  0.10 micron. In
addition, advanced manufacturing facilities are producing integrated circuits on
wafers of 150 or  200 mm (6 or  8 inches) in diameter,  and wafer diameters  are
expected  to  increase to  300  mm (12  inches)  by 1998.  To  accommodate these
decreasing   line-widths   and   increasing   wafer   diameters,   manufacturers
increasingly require more precise control over the etching process.

                                       1

<PAGE>
    Lam's  family of etch  systems incorporates plasma  technologies designed to
meet both current and future device requirements. In the fiscal years ended June
30, 1995,  1994  and 1993,  sales  of  the Company's  etch  systems  contributed
approximately 77%, 78% and 78% of the Company's total revenues, respectively.

    AUTOETCH.   The  AutoEtch family  was Lam's  initial product  line, with the
first AutoEtch product sold in January 1982. The AutoEtch product line  includes
the  490, 590 and  690 series for  etching polysilicon, oxide  and aluminum film
applications, respectively. Although the AutoEtch  series is more than  fourteen
years  old,  continued improvements  in  both reliability  and  performance have
enabled Lam to continue to offer it as a suitable product for film  applications
involving  line-widths of 0.8 micron or greater and wafer sizes of six inches or
smaller. In addition, Lam offers the service of refurbishing or  remanufacturing
AutoEtch systems.

    RAINBOW.   The first Rainbow etch system was introduced in 1987. The Rainbow
series of products addresses processes that utilize wafer sizes up to 200mm  and
feature  sizes as small  as 0.35 micron.  The Rainbow product  line includes the
Rainbow 4400,  4500,  4600  and  4700 series  for  etching  polysilicon,  oxide,
aluminum  and  tungsten  films,  respectively.  These  systems  are  designed to
accommodate evolving customer needs through hardware and process enhancements.

    The Rainbow product  series incorporates  a number of  unique features  that
offer  semiconductor  manufacturers  improved etch  capability,  reliability and
performance.  These  features  include  a  patented  wafer  handling  system,  a
proprietary  source for generating stable plasma,  and an overall product design
for which Lam has  received industry awards for  quality and reliability.  These
and   other  features  of  the  Rainbow  product  are  designed  to  enable  the
semiconductor manufacturer to  reduce wafer  particle contamination  to a  level
that  exceeds industry standards, and to improve etch selectivity and uniformity
while maintaining profile control and process flexibility.

    TCP.  Lam's TCP  product line of high  density, low pressure systems,  which
was  introduced in  late 1992,  incorporates the  Company's patented Transformer
Coupled Plasma-TM-  source  technology  for  etching  0.35  micron  and  smaller
geometries.  The Company  currently offers  the TCP  9600 series  for metal etch
applications  and  the  TCP  9400  series  for  polysilicon  and  polycide  etch
applications.  These  systems are  currently used  to produce  a broad  range of
advanced logic and memory devices and the Company believes these products  offer
technological capability to enable manufacturers to produce the next generations
of  advanced devices.  The TCP series  operates at lower  pressures for improved
pattern transfer control and  higher plasma density for  higher etch rates  with
independent  power control to  the lower electrode,  which improves etch results
across a wider process window. The TCP  system is designed to offer customers  a
reliable, lower cost of ownership solution to their advanced needs.

    OXIDE 9500.  The Oxide 9500 is a next-generation oxide etch system developed
to  address 0.35 micron and smaller geometries. This product, which incorporates
the Company's technology with certain technology obtained in connection with the
Drytek acquisition (See Note O to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
in Item 8) onto  the standard Rainbow platform,  is designed to offer  customers
high  reliability and  lower cost  of ownership.  The Company  began selling the
Oxide 9500 system in fiscal 1995.

    DEPOSITION PRODUCTS

    Chemical vapor deposition (CVD) involves the  deposition of thin films on  a
silicon wafer by exposing the wafer to various gases containing the materials to
be  deposited.  Films are  deposited to  form  both interconnect  and dielectric
layers of  an integrated  circuit.  The metal  interconnect layer  is  typically
deposited  on the  wafer surface by  a sputtering process  to provide electrical
connection between the  various circuit  elements, and the  dielectric layer  is
deposited  on  top  of  the  interconnect layer  by  CVD  to  provide electrical
insulation between the interconnect  layers. To increase circuit  functionality,
manufacturers  have designed circuits  with multilayer interconnections (stacked
levels  of  wiring  separated  by  insulating  dielectric  layers)  using  lower
resistivity materials for improved

                                       2

<PAGE>
device  performance. Multiple levels of  interconnect allow the circuit elements
to be moved closer  together, further increasing the  density of the  integrated
circuit.  Current state-of-the-art  devices may have  as many as,  or more than,
five interconnect and dielectric layers on the integrated circuit. Lam currently
manufactures two  dielectric  layer  deposition  products,  Epic  and  Integrity
systems, to address advanced multilevel films.

    EPIC.   Lam introduced its Epic high density plasma (HDP) CVD system in July
1993. The Epic system incorporates electron cyclotron resonance (ECR) technology
to form a  high-density, low-pressure plasma.  Its ability to  deposit and  etch
simultaneously an intermetal dielectric film enables it to fill gaps as small as
0.35  micron and  below and to  generate a  film that is  easily planarized. The
resulting film exhibits superior electrical qualities and significantly  reduces
the  need  for additional  chemical mechanical  polishing. The  Epic technology,
available on Lam's  Alliance platform,  has been installed  at several  customer
sites   and  is  currently  being  used   for  production  of  certain  advanced
microprocessors and in device development programs.

    INTEGRITY.   Integrity is  a low  pressure (LP)  CVD system  for  depositing
advanced interlevel dielectric films. This system utilizes a patented integrated
process  design for flowing gases rapidly over the wafer, forming films that are
highly uniform and planar to provide improved electrical performance.  Integrity
has  been installed at  several customer sites  and is currently  being used for
production of semiconductor devices and in device development programs.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    The market for  semiconductor capital  equipment is  characterized by  rapid
technological change. The Company believes that continued and timely development
of  new products and enhancements  to existing products are  necessary for it to
maintain  its  competitive   position.  Accordingly,  the   Company  devotes   a
significant  portion of  its personnel and  financial resources  to research and
development (R&D) programs and  seeks to maintain  close relationships with  its
customers to be responsive to their product needs.

    The  Company's  net R&D  expenses during  fiscal 1995,  1994 and  1993, were
approximately $127.8 million, $76.3 million and $43.9 million, respectively, and
represented 15.8%,  15.5% and  16.6% of  total revenue,  respectively. Such  R&D
expenses were net of third party funding, from SEMATECH, an industry consortium,
the  United  States  Display  Consortium  (USDC),  and  customers,  representing
approximately $2.6 million, $1.8  million and $1.6  million during fiscal  1995,
1994  and 1993, respectively. Such expenditures were used for the development of
new products and film  applications, and the  continued enhancement of  existing
products.  Current  projects  include  the  development  of  advanced  etch  and
deposition products.

    In June 1994, the Company received a two year contract from the USDC for the
development of  an etch  system, based  on the  Company's TCP  technology.  This
system  will be designed  for use in  the manufacture of  large scale flat panel
displays, for several  new technologies including  active matrix liquid  crystal
displays  (AMLCDs)  and Field  Emission Displays  (FEDs).  Included in  the $2.6
million of third  party funded R&D  for fiscal  1995 was $1.2  million from  the
USDC.

    The  Company expects to continue to invest  heavily in R&D. The Company also
must manage product transitions successfully,  as introductions of new  products
could  adversely affect  sales of existing  products. There can  be no assurance
that future technologies, processes or product developments will not render  the
Company's product offerings obsolete or that the Company will be able to develop
and  introduce  new  products  or  enhancements  to  its  existing  products and
processes in a  timely manner  which satisfy  customer needs  or achieve  market
acceptance.  The failure to do so could adversely affect the Company's business.
Furthermore, if the  Company is not  successful in the  development of  advanced
process equipment for manufacturers with whom it has formed strategic alliances,
its  ability  to sell  its products  to those  manufacturers would  be adversely
affected. In addition, in connection with  the development of the Company's  new
products, the Company invests in

                                       3

<PAGE>
high levels of pre-production inventory, and the failure to complete development
and  commercialization of these new products in  a timely manner could result in
inventory obsolescence, which could reduce the Company's financial results.

MARKETING, SALES AND SERVICE

    The Company's marketing and sales efforts are focused on building  long-term
relationships  with  its customers.  These efforts  are supported  by a  team of
product marketing managers,  sales personnel  and process  engineers that  works
closely with individual customers to find solutions to their process challenges.
After-sales  support is also an essential element of the Company's marketing and
sales program. The Company  maintains an ongoing  support relationship with  its
customers  and  has an  extensive network  of field  service personnel  in place
across the  United States,  Europe, Japan  and Asia  Pacific. In  addition,  the
Company  maintains an in-house group of highly skilled applications engineers to
respond to customer  process needs worldwide  when a higher  level of  technical
expertise  is required. The Company believes that its extensive support programs
and close  working  relationships  with  its customers  give  it  a  competitive
advantage.  The Company  also believes that,  by assisting its  customers in the
development of their  advanced manufacturing processes,  the customers are  less
likely to change equipment vendors.

    The  Company has 30 sales and  support centers located throughout the United
States, Europe, Japan, and Asia Pacific through which direct sales personnel and
independent sales representatives sell and  service the Company's products.  The
Company  expanded its sales and  support offices in Japan  to support the direct
sales efforts there which began in October 1994. More recently, the Company  has
increased  that effort by furthering its  direct sales and service capability in
Japan to directly market and support its advanced etch products. The Company now
offers its customers a comprehensive, two-year warranty package on all  released
products with 24 hour, seven days a week service.

    In  Japan,  the  Company  has  licensing  arrangements  with  Sumitomo Metal
Industries,  Ltd.  (Sumitomo)  and   Tokyo  Electron  Limited  (TEL).   Sumitomo
manufactures, sells and distributes certain of the Company's Rainbow products to
specific  customers in Japan.  TEL has a non-exclusive  license to sell products
incorporating certain features  of Lam's  proprietary etch  technology. In  June
1991,  the  Company  opened the  Lam  Technology  Center near  Tokyo,  Japan, to
establish a  presence  in Japan  and  to  assist Sumitomo  in  serving  Japanese
customers. In May 1993, Lam completed its advanced development and demonstration
laboratory  in  Sagamihara,  Japan,  which  allows  customers  to  evaluate  the
Company's recently  introduced  advanced  technology products.  The  Company  is
currently expanding in Japan by building a third floor on this existing building
and is in the design stage of a second facility in Sagamihara.

    Export  sales accounted for approximately  38%, 40% and 40%  of net sales in
fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Export sales consist of sales from the
Company's U.S.  operating  subsidiary  to  nonaffiliated  customers  in  foreign
countries.  The Company anticipates  that export sales  will continue to account
for a significant portion of its net sales. Additionally, the Company  continues
to  expand  its  international  operations  including  expansion  of  its  Japan
operations and the opening of a manufacturing facility in Korea in July 1995. As
a result, a significant  portion of the Company's  sales and operations will  be
subject  to certain risks, including tariffs and other barriers, difficulties in
staffing and managing foreign subsidiary and branch operations, difficulties  in
managing  distributors, potentially adverse tax consequences and the possibility
of difficulty in accounts receivable collection. There can be no assurance  that
any  of these factors will  not have a material  adverse affect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

CUSTOMERS

    The  Company's  customers   include  most  of   the  leading   semiconductor
manufacturers  worldwide. Revenue from  Intel accounted for 11%,  14% and 15% of
total revenue for the  years ended June 30,  1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.
Revenue from Motorola accounted for 10% of total revenue for the year ended June
30, 1994.

                                       4

<PAGE>
    The   Company's   business  depends   upon   the  capital   expenditures  of
semiconductor manufacturers, which in turn depend on the current and anticipated
market  demand  for  integrated  circuits  and  products  utilizing   integrated
circuits.  No assurance  can be given  that the Company's  revenue and operating
results will  not  be  adversely  affected if  downturns  in  the  semiconductor
industry occur.

BACKLOG

    The Company schedules production of its systems based upon order backlog and
customer  commitments. The Company includes in  backlog orders for which written
authorizations have been accepted and shipment  dates have been assigned. As  of
June  30, 1995, the Company's order backlog was approximately $252.6 million. As
of June 30, 1994, the Company's order backlog was approximately $145.9  million.
All  orders are  subject to cancellation  by the customer  with limited penalty.
Because of orders received  for systems to  be shipped in  the same quarter  and
possible customer changes in delivery schedules and cancellations of orders, the
Company's backlog at any particular date is not necessarily indicative of actual
sales for any succeeding period.

MANUFACTURING

    The  Company maintains facilities  at four locations  in Fremont, California
and one location in  Wilmington, Massachusetts for the  manufacture of its  etch
and  deposition products. The  Company completed, in  July 1995, a manufacturing
facility in CheonAn, Korea, outside of Seoul. The Company's Korean manufacturing
facility may experience difficulties in management, procurement, production  and
staffing. There can be no assurances that these factors will not have an adverse
affect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

    The  Company's manufacturing  activities consist  of assembling  and testing
components and subassemblies  that are  then integrated  into finished  systems.
Once  the manufacturing department has completed final testing of all electronic
and electromechanical subassemblies that make up one of the Company's  products,
the  completed  system is  process  tested. Stringent  cleanliness  controls are
present throughout  the  manufacturing,  process, and  testing  areas  of  these
facilities to reduce particle contamination. Much of the assembly and testing of
the  Company's products is  conducted in cleanroom  environments where personnel
are properly clothed to  reduce particulate contamination.  Prior to shipping  a
completed system, the customer's engineers may perform acceptance tests at Lam's
facility,  using the customer's  own wafers. After  passing the acceptance test,
the system  is  vacuum-bagged  in  a  cleanroom  environment  and  prepared  for
shipment.

    The  Company is subject to a  variety of governmental regulations related to
the discharge or disposal of  toxic, volatile, or otherwise hazardous  chemicals
used in the manufacturing process. The Company believes that it is in compliance
with  these regulations  and that  it has  obtained all  necessary environmental
permits to conduct its business, which permits generally relate to the  disposal
of  hazardous wastes. Nevertheless, the failure to comply with present or future
regulations could result in  fines being imposed on  the Company, suspension  of
production  or  cessation  of  operations. Such  regulations  could  require the
Company to acquire significant equipment or to incur substantial other  expenses
to  comply with environmental regulations. Any failure by the Company to control
the use  of, or  adequately  restrict the  discharge  or disposal  of  hazardous
substances could subject the Company to future liabilities.

EMPLOYEES

    As  of  September 1,  1995, the  Company  had approximately  3,600 full-time
employees. None of the  Company's employees is represented  by a union, and  the
Company has never experienced a work stoppage. Management considers its employee
relations  to be  satisfactory. In  addition, each  employee of  the Company has
signed agreements to maintain the  confidentiality of the Company's  proprietary
information, and most key employees have stock or stock option arrangements with
the Company that provide for the vesting of their interests over several years.

                                       5

<PAGE>
COMPETITION

    The  semiconductor processing equipment industry  is highly competitive. The
Company faces substantial competition throughout the world. The Company believes
that, to remain competitive, it will require significant financial resources  to
offer  a  broad range  of  products, to  maintain  customer service  and support
centers worldwide, and  to invest  in product and  process R&D.  Certain of  the
Company's   existing  and  potential   competitors  have  substantially  greater
financial resources, more  extensive engineering,  manufacturing, marketing  and
customer  service and support  capabilities as well  as greater name recognition
than the Company. The Company expects its competitors to continue to improve the
design and performance of their current products and processes and to  introduce
new  products and processes with improved price and performance characteristics.
If the Company's  competitors enter  into strategic  relationships with  leading
semiconductor  manufacturers  covering etch  or  deposition products  similar to
those  sold  by  the  Company,  its  ability  to  sell  its  products  to  those
manufacturers  could be adversely  affected. No assurance can  be given that the
Company will continue to compete successfully in the United States or worldwide.

    Significant competitive factors  in the etch  equipment market include  etch
quality,  repeatability, process capability and flexibility, and overall cost of
ownership, including  reliability,  software  automation,  throughput,  customer
support  and  system  price.  Although the  Company  believes  that  it competes
favorably with  respect to  each  of these  factors,  the Company's  ability  to
compete  successfully in this  market will depend upon  its ability to introduce
product enhancements  and  new products  on  a timely  basis.  There can  be  no
assurance  that the Company will continue to compete successfully in the future.
In the  etch equipment  market, the  Company's primary  competitors are  Applied
Materials, Inc., TEL, and Hitachi Ltd.

    Significant  competitive factors in the  deposition equipment market include
film quality, flow  uniformity, contamination control,  temperature control  and
overall  cost of  ownership, including  throughput, system  reliability, cost of
consumables, system  price and  customer support.  In the  deposition  equipment
market,  the principal suppliers of equipment are Applied Materials, Inc., Canon
Sales Co. Inc., Novellus Systems, Inc. and Watkins-Johnson Company.

PATENTS AND LICENSES

    The Company has  a policy  of seeking  patents on  inventions governing  new
products  and processes developed  as part of  its ongoing research, engineering
and manufacturing  activities.  The  Company holds  United  States  patents  and
corresponding  foreign  patents covering  various aspects  of its  products. The
Company believes that  the duration of  its patents generally  exceeds the  life
cycles  of the technologies disclosed and  claimed therein. The Company believes
that although the patents it  holds and may obtain will  be of value, they  will
not  determine  the  Company's  success,  which  depends  principally  upon  its
engineering, marketing,  service  and  manufacturing  skills.  However,  in  the
absence  of patent protection, the Company  may be vulnerable to competitors who
attempt to  imitate  the  Company's  products  or  processes  and  manufacturing
techniques and processes. In addition, other companies and inventors may receive
patents  that contain claims applicable to the Company's products and processes.
The sale  of  the Company's  products  covered  by such  patents  could  require
licenses that may not be available on acceptable terms.

    From  time to time, the  Company is notified that it  may be in violation of
certain patents. In such cases, the Company's policy is to defend against claims
or negotiate licenses where considered appropriate. However, no assurance can be
given that  it  will  be  able to  obtain  necessary  licenses  on  commercially
reasonable terms. In October 1993, Varian Associates, Inc. (Varian) brought suit
against  the Company in  the United States District  Court, Northern District of
California,  seeking  monetary  damages  and  injunctive  relief  based  on  the
Company's  alleged infringement of certain patents  held by Varian. See "Item 3.
Legal Proceedings."

                                       6

<PAGE>
    In December 1986, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement
with TEL licensing the  Company's AutoEtch technology  and chamber design.  This
license expired in December 1991, and, in January 1992, the Company entered into
a  new five year license agreement with TEL on substantially similar terms which
expires in December 1996.

    The Company has two license  agreements with Sumitomo. Under one  agreement,
Lam  granted  Sumitomo an  exclusive  license for  the  manufacture and  sale of
certain Rainbow etch systems in the Japanese market. Under the other  agreement,
Sumitomo  granted the Company an exclusive  license for the manufacture and sale
of Sumitomo's ECR CVD systems in North America and Europe.


I
TEM 2.  PROPERTIES

    The Company's executive  offices and principal  manufacturing, and  research
and   development  facilities  are  located  in  twelve  buildings  in  Fremont,
California, occupying over 800,000 square  feet under leases expiring from  1995
to  2005. The Company is currently planning the expansion of its Fremont campus.
The Company also operates a  research and manufacturing facility in  Wilmington,
Massachusetts.

    In  addition,  the Company  leases office  space for  its service  and sales
personnel throughout  the United  States, Europe,  Japan and  Asia Pacific.  The
Company  completed, in  July 1995,  construction of  a manufacturing,  sales and
service facility  of 40,000  square  feet outside  of  Seoul, South  Korea.  The
Company  is currently expanding its facility in  Japan by building a third floor
on an existing  building, and is  in the design  stage of a  second facility  in
Sagamihara.

    The  Company's fiscal 1995 rental payments for the facilities occupied as of
June 30, 1995 aggregated approximately $9.5 million and are subject to  periodic
increases. The Company believes that its existing facilities are well maintained
and  in  good operating  condition. The  Company  continues to  consider leasing
additional facilities as necessary to support its expanding operations.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    In October 1993, Varian Associates,  Inc. (Varian) brought suit against  the
Company  in the United  States District Court,  Northern District of California,
seeking monetary damages and  injunctive relief based  on the Company's  alleged
infringement  of certain  patents held  by Varian.  The lawsuit  is in  the late
stages of  discovery.  The  Company  has asserted  defenses  of  invalidity  and
unenforceability  of the patents that are the subject of the lawsuit, as well as
noninfringement of such patents by  the Company's products. While litigation  is
subject to inherent uncertainties and no assurance can be given that the Company
will  prevail in such litigation or will  obtain a license under such patents on
commercially reasonable  terms or  at all  if such  patents are  held valid  and
infringement  by the  Company's products, the  Company believes  that the Varian
lawsuit will not have  a material adverse effect  on the Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

    In  addition, the Company is  from time to time  notified by various parties
that it  may be  in violation  of  certain patents.  In such  cases, it  is  the
Company's   intention  to  seek  negotiated  licenses  where  it  is  considered
appropriate. The outcome  of these  matters will not,  in management's  opinion,
have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's  consolidated  financial position,
operating results or cash flows.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

    Not applicable.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                    PART II


ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  1995  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  under  the  heading "Selected
Financial Data" on page 16.


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  1995  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  under  the  heading "Selected
Financial Data" on page 16.


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  1995 Annual  Report to  Stockholders under  the heading "Management's
Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and Results  of Operations"  on
pages 17-19.


ITEM 8.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

    The Consolidated Financial Statements required by this Item are incorporated
by reference to pages 20-32 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report to Stockholders.
The  unaudited quarterly results of operations  are incorporated by reference to
page 16 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report to Stockholders.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

    (Not applicable.)

                                       8

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

    Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Report in that
the Registrant will file a definitive proxy statement within 120 days after  the
end  of its fiscal year  pursuant to Regulation 14A  (the "Proxy Statement") for
its Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  to  be held  October  26,  1995  and  the
information   included  therein  is  incorporated   herein  by  reference.  (The
Compensation  Committee  Report   and  the  stock   performance  graph  of   the
Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  are  expressly  not  incorporated  by  reference
herein.)


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    The information concerning the Company's directors required by this Item  is
incorporated  by reference  to "Election  of Directors"  in the  Company's Proxy
Statement.

    The executive officers of the Company, who  are elected by and serve at  the
discretion of the Board of Directors, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                    AGE                    POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- --------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>
Roger D. Emerick                          56   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Henk J. Evenhuis                          52   Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
                                                Officer
Alexander M. Voshchenkov                  50   Vice President and Chief Technical Officer
Raymond L. Degner                         51   Senior Vice President
Robert C. Fink                            60   Executive Vice President
G. Dennis Key                             52   Vice President
Richard H. Lovgren                        41   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Larry N. Stewart                          43   Vice President
Hsui-Sheng (Way) Tu                       38   Vice President
Thomas O. Yep                             56   Vice President
</TABLE>


    Roger  D. Emerick joined  the Company in 1982  as President, Chief Executive
Officer and  a  Director. In  1984  he was  elected  Chairman of  the  Board  of
Directors.  Mr. Emerick  is currently  a director  of Electroglas,  Inc., Brooks
Automation, Inc., and IPEC. From 1980 to  1982, he was Senior Vice President  of
Optical  Specialties,  Inc.  which  markets  automated  visual  wafer inspection
equipment for the semiconductor industry.

    Henk J. Evenhuis joined the Company in 1987 as Vice President of Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer  and was named Senior Vice  President
of  Finance in 1988.  Mr. Evenhuis is  currently a director  of Credence Systems
Corporation. Before joining the  Company and since 1986,  Mr. Evenhuis was  Vice
President  of Finance and Administration and  Chief Financial Officer for Corvus
Systems Inc.  He was  Vice President  of Finance  and Administration  and  Chief
Financial Officer of Trimedia Corporation from 1985, until Trimedia was acquired
by Xidex Corporation in 1986.

    Alexander  M.  Voshchenkov,  Ph.D.,  joined  the  Company  in  1993  as Vice
President and  Chief Technical  Officer. Before  joining the  Company and  since
1972,  Dr. Voshchenkov was  a Member of  the Technical Staff  at AT&T Bell Labs,
serving in various research and  managerial positions. His most recent  position
was as Supervisor of the High Speed Electronics Department.

    Raymond  L. Degner, Ph.D., joined  the Company in 1984  as Vice President of
Engineering and in 1989 was named Vice President of Research and Development. In
January 1992, Dr. Degner was

                                       9

<PAGE>
appointed Vice President of the Poly Etch  Business Unit. In 1995, he was  named
Senior  Vice President for  the Poly Etch  and CVD Business  Units. From 1983 to
1984, he  served  as  Director  of  Development  for  Silicon  Valley  Group,  a
semiconductor equipment manufacturer.

    Robert  C.  Fink joined  the Company  in  1993 as  Vice President  and Chief
Operating Officer. In 1995  he was named Executive  Vice President of  Corporate
Development.  Mr. Fink  is currently  a director  of SEMI/SEMATECH  and Uniphase
Corporation. Before  joining the  Company and  since 1988,  Mr. Fink  served  as
President  of Drytek, Inc.,  a former subsidiary  of General Signal Corporation.
From 1984 to 1988, he  was Director of VLSI  Operations (North America) for  ITT
Corporation's  Semiconductor Division.  Prior to ITT,  Mr. Fink  served 12 years
with General Instrument  Corporation's Microelectronics  Division, serving  most
recently as Director of Worldwide Manufacturing Resources.

    G.  Dennis Key  joined the  Company in  1988 as  Vice President  of Domestic
Sales. In 1991,  he was appointed  Vice President of  Worldwide Sales and  Field
Operations.  Prior to joining the  Company, he served as  Area Director of Sales
with  Gemini  Research  from  1982  until  1988.  From  1980  to  1982  he   was
Manufacturing  Manager  with  Fairchild Semiconductor,  a  leading semiconductor
manufacturer.

    Richard H. Lovgren  joined the Company  in 1995 as  Vice President,  General
Counsel  and Secretary. Before  joining the Company and  since 1979, Mr. Lovgren
held various legal  positions at Advanced  Micro Devices, Inc.  His most  recent
position was Director and Deputy General Counsel.

    Larry  N. Stewart joined the Company in 1991 as Product Engineer Manager and
in 1993 was named Director of the CVD  Business Unit. In 1994 he was named  Vice
President  of the CVD  Business Unit. From  1988 until joining  the Company, Mr.
Stewart served as  Systems Engineering  Manager with Nanometrics.  From 1985  to
1988  he  was Section  Manager in  engineering for  Photolythics, a  division of
General Signal  Corporation. From  1982 until  1985 he  served as  Manufacturing
Engineering Manager for Genus, Inc.

    Hsui-Sheng  (Way)  Tu  joined  the  Company in  1983  and  has  held various
positions with  the Company.  In 1991,  he  was named  Vice President  of  Asian
Operations.  In 1994, Mr. Tu was named Vice President of the Oxide Etch Business
Unit. Before joining  the Company, Mr.  Tu was Process  Engineer Supervisor  for
Fairchild Semiconductor.

    Thomas  O. Yep,  Ph.D., joined  the Company in  1985 as  Director of Process
Technology, and  in 1989  was named  Vice President  of Process  Technology.  In
February  1992, he  was named  Vice President of  the Metal  Etch Business Unit.
Before joining the Company and since 1980,  he served as Manager for the  plasma
etch  and thin  film program at  Intel Corporation.  From 1969 to  1980, Dr. Yep
served as solid-state physicist at Varian Central Research.


ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  Proxy Statement under  the heading "Executive  Compensation and Other
Information."


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  Proxy  Statement  under  the  heading  "Election  of  Directors"  and
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    The information required by  this Item is incorporated  by reference to  the
Company's  Proxy Statement under the  heading "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."

                                       10

<PAGE>

                                    PART IV


ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    (a)  (1) Financial Statements: See Index to Financial Statements, page..........         12
<S>                                                                                   <C>
        (2) Financial Statement Schedules: See Index to Financial Statement
            Schedules, page.........................................................         12
        (3) Exhibits: See Index to Exhibits, pages..................................      16-18
    (b)  No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
         1995
</TABLE>


                                       11

<PAGE>
                   LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE(S)
                                                                                                              IN 1995
                                                                                                              ANNUAL
                                                                                                              REPORT*
                                                                                                           -------------
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheets -- June 30, 1995 and 1994....................................................           20
Consolidated Statements of Income -- Years Ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993............................           21
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- Years Ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993........................           22
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity -- Years Ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993..............           23
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................           24
Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................           32
</TABLE>


                     INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                           -------------
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............................................................           15
<FN>
- ------------------------
*    Incorporated   by  reference  to  the   Company's  1995  Annual  Report  to
     Stockholders.
</TABLE>


                                       12

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant  to  the requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d) of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report  to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                          LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

                                          By ________/s/_ROGER D. EMERICK_______
                                                      Roger D. Emerick,
                                                    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                                                 AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                                (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

Dated: September 26, 1995

                                       13

<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW  ALL MEN  BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person  whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints  Roger D. Emerick and  Henk J. Evenhuis,  jointly
and  severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with  the power of substitution, for
him in any and  all capacities, to  sign any amendments to  this Report of  Form
10-K,  and  to file  the  same, with  exhibits  thereto and  other  documents in
connection therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  hereby
ratifying  and  confirming  all  that each  of  said  attorneys-in-fact,  or his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

    Pursuant to the  requirements of  the Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  as
amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURES                                     TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------  -----------------------

<C>                                                     <S>                               <C>
                                                        Chairman of the Board and Chief
                      /s/ ROGER D. EMERICK               Executive
     -------------------------------------------         Officer (Principal                 September 26, 1995
                   Roger D. Emerick                      Executive Officer)

                                                        Senior Vice President and Chief
                      /s/ HENK J. EVENHUIS               Financial Officer (Principal
     -------------------------------------------         Financial                          September 26, 1995
                   Henk J. Evenhuis                      Officer and Principal
                                                         Accounting Officer)

                      /s/ DAVID G. ARSCOTT
     -------------------------------------------        Director                            September 26, 1995
                   David G. Arscott

                        /s/ JACK R. HARRIS
     -------------------------------------------        Director                            September 26, 1995
                    Jack R. Harris

                        /s/ GRANT M. INMAN
     -------------------------------------------        Director                            September 26, 1995
                    Grant M. Inman

                           /s/ OSAMU KANO
     -------------------------------------------        Director                            September 26, 1995
                      Osamu Kano
</TABLE>


                                       14

<PAGE>
                 SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COL. C
                                                ------------------------------
                                    COL. B                ADDITIONS
                                --------------  ------------------------------      COL. D          COL. E
            COL. A                BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO      CHARGED TO    --------------  --------------
- ------------------------------   BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND     OTHER ACCOUNTS  DEDUCTIONS --   BALANCE AT END
         DESCRIPTION                PERIOD         EXPENSES      -- DESCRIBE       DESCRIBE       OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
Deducted from asset accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts...................  $    1,156,000  $      217,000   $          0   $      184,000(3) $    1,189,000
Product warranty and
 improvement reserves (2).....  $   21,609,000  $   65,296,000   $          0   $   45,919,000(1) $   40,986,000
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994
Deducted from asset accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts...................  $      485,000  $      200,000   $    483,000(4) $       12,000(3) $    1,156,000
Product warranty and
 improvement reserves (2).....  $    7,549,000  $   43,599,000   $          0   $   29,539,000(1) $   21,609,000
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1993
Deducted from asset accounts:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts...................  $      498,000  $            0   $          0   $       13,000(3) $      485,000
Product warranty and
 improvement reserves (2).....  $    4,314,000  $   14,892,000   $          0   $   11,657,000(1) $    7,549,000
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  Costs  incurred for warranty repair and/or product improvements during this
     year.

(2)  Included in the Balance Sheet under the caption "Accrued expenses and other
     liabilities."

(3)  Represents specific customer accounts written off.

(4)  Includes $236,000  related  to  the accounts  receivable  of  Drytek,  Inc.
     acquired  July 1, 1993  and $247,000 reclassification  of reserve which was
     included in a liability account at June 30, 1993.
</TABLE>


                                       15

<PAGE>
                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT                                                 DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
   3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.
   3.2(1)    ByLaws of the Registrant.
   4.1(2)    Amended 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreements.
   4.2(2)    Amended 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreements.
   4.3       1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription Agreement.
   4.4       Amended 1991 Stock Option Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreements.
  10.1(3)    Lease dated November 10, 1986 between the Registrant and Northport Associates No. 17.
  10.2(1)    Amendments to lease dated November 10, 1986 between the Registrant and Northport Associates No. 17.
  10.3(4)    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
  10.4(9)    Lease agreements dated January 1, 1990 between the Registrant and Aetna Life Insurance Company.
  10.5(5)    Agreements dated July 6, 1988 between the Registrant and Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd.
  10.7(5)    Roger D. Emerick Promissory Note and Deed of Trust.
  10.8(7)    Patent Purchase and Sale Agreement dated February 22, 1989 between the Registrant and The
              Perkin-Elmer Corporation.
  10.9(6)    Acquisition Agreement dated June 7, 1989 among the Registrant, Monkowski-Rhine, Incorporated and the
              shareholders of Monkowski-Rhine, Incorporated.
  10.10(6)   Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 1989 between the Registrant and Sumitomo Metal
              Industries, Ltd.
  10.12(8)   ECR Technology License Agreement and Rainbow Technology License Agreement by and between Registrant
              and Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd.
  10.14(11)  Lease agreement dated July 24, 1991 between the Registrant and Northport Associates No. 18
  10.15(12)  Technology Licensing Agreement dated October 25, 1991 between the Registrant and International
              Business Machines Corporation.
  10.16(13)  License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 between the Registrant and Tokyo Electron Limited.
  10.17(17)  Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated April 20,
              1992 between First Interstate Bank and the Registrant, dated June 28, 1994.
  10.18(14)  Business Sales Agreement dated June 21, 1993 by and among Lam Research Corporation, Drytek
              Incorporated, and General Signal Corporation.
  10.19(15)  Deferred Compensation Agreement with Roger D. Emerick.
  10.20(17)  Credit Agreement dated June 24, 1994 between Lam Research Corporation and ABN Amro Bank
</TABLE>


                                       16

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<C>          <S>
  10.21(17)  Credit Agreement dated July 22, 1994 between Lam Research Corporation and Union Bank
  10.22(16)  Trust Indenture
  10.23(17)  Lease dated December 8, 1993 between Sumitomo Bank Leasing and Finance, Inc. as landlord and
              Registrant and related documents thereto, including: (i) Memorandum of Lease dated and recorded
              December 10, 1993; (ii) Promissory Note in the amount of $22,250,000 dated December 10, 1993, as
              amended; (iii) Deed of Trust, Financing Statement, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (with
              Assignment of Rents and Leases) dated December 10, 1993; (iv) Construction Deed of Trust, Financing
              Statement, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (with Assignment of Rents and Leases) dated
              December 10, 1993; (v) Absolute Assignment of Leases dated December 10, 1993; (vi) Environmental
              Indemnity Agreement dated December 10, 1993; (vii) Pledge Agreement dated December 10, 1993; and
              (viii) Letter Agreement regarding guarantor and surety dated December 10, 1993.
  10.24(18)  Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 1994 between Lam Research Corporation and Bank of America
              National Trust and Savings Association
  10.25(19)  Receivables Purchase Agreement between Lam Research Corporation and ABN-AMRO Bank N.V., Cayman
              Islands Branch
  10.26      Supplemental Receivables Purchase Agreement between Lam Research Corporation and ABN-AMRO Bank N.V.,
              Cayman Islands Branch, Lam Research Co., Ltd. and ABN AMED N.V., Tokyo Branch dated June 28, 1995
  10.27      Receivables Purchase Agreement between Lam Research Co., Ltd. and ABN-AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch
              dated June 22, 1995
  10.28      Guaranty of Supplemental Receivables Purchase Agreement between Lam Research Corporation and ABN AMRO
              Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch dated June 28, 1995
  11.1       Computation of Earnings Per Share
  13.1       Registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended June 30, 1995 (to be deemed filed only
              to the extent required by the instruction to exhibits for reports on Form 10-K).
  21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
  24         Power of Attorney (see page 14).
  27         Financial Data Schedule
<FN>
- ------------------------
 (1) Incorporated  by reference  to the  Registrant's Registration  Statement on
     Form 8-B filed  with the Securities  and Exchange Commission  on April  11,
     1990.

 (2) Incorporated  by  reference  to  Post  Effective  Amendment  No.  1  to the
     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form  S-8 (No. 33-32160) filed  with
     the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 1990.

 (3) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended December 28, 1986.

 (4) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     for the quarter ended April 3, 1988.

 (5) Incorporated  by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1988.
</TABLE>


                                       17

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
 (6) Incorporated by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1989.

 (7) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended April 2, 1989.

 (8) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended December 31, 1989.

 (9) Incorporated  by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1990.

(10) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended March 31, 1991.

(11) Incorporated by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1991.

(12) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended September 30, 1991.

(13) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended December 31, 1991.

(14) Incorporated  by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated July 1,
     1993.

(15) Incorporated by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993.

(16) Incorporated  by reference  to Registrant's Registration  Statement on Form
     S-3 (No.  33-61726)  declared  effective by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission on May 4, 1993.

(17) Incorporated  by reference to  Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-K for
     the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994.

(18) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended September 30, 1994

(19) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
     the quarter ended March 31, 1995.
</TABLE>


                                       18





<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 3.1


                            CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP
                                     MERGING
                                LAM RESEARCH INC.
                                      INTO
                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION
      (Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware)

     Lam Research Corporation, a corporation incorporated in Delaware on the 8th
day of September, 1989 (the "Corporation"), pursuant to the provisions of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that this corporation owns 100% of the capital stock of
Lam Research Inc., a corporation incorporated on the 30th day of June, 1993,
pursuant to the provisions of the General Laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts and that this corporation, by a resolutions of its Board of
Directors duly adopted by unanimous written consent on the 9th day of November,
1994, determined to and did merge into itself said Lam Research Inc., which
resolutions are in the following words to wit:

     WHEREAS the Corporation lawfully owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Lam
     Research Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and

     WHEREAS the Corporation desires to merge into itself said Lam Research
     Inc., and to possessed of all the estate, property, rights, privileges and
     franchises of said corporation,


     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED:  That the Corporation merge into itself
     said Lam Research Inc. and assume all of its liabilities and obligations,
     such merger to be effective as of December 31, 1994.

     RESOLVED FURTHER:  That the chief executive officer and the secretary or
     assistant secretary of the Corporation be and they hereby are directed to
     make and execute, under the corporate seal of the Corporation, a
     certificate of ownership setting forth a copy of the resolution to merge
     said Lam Research Inc. and assume its liabilities and obligations, and the
     date of adoption thereof, and to file the same in the office of the
     Secretary of State of Delaware, and a certified copy thereof in the office
     of the Recorder of Deeds of New Castle County; and

     RESOLVED FURTHER:  That the officers of the Corporation be and they hereby
     are authorized and directed to do all acts and things whatsoever, whether
     within or without the State of Delaware; which may be in any way necessary
     or proper to effect said merger.



<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Lam Research Corporation has caused its corporate
seal to be affixed and this certificate to be signed by Roger D. Emerick, its
Chief Executive Officer and attested by Henk J. Evenhuis, its Secretary,
this __ day of December, 1994.



                                      By:
                                             ------------------------------
                                             Chief Executive Officer



                                      Attest:
                                             ------------------------------
                                             Secretary






<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.3


                           LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

                      1984 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


     The following constitute the provisions of the 1984 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Lam Research Corporation.

     1.  PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the
Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase
Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions.  It is
the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock
Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.  The provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as
to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the
requirements of that section of the Code.

     2.  DEFINITIONS.

         (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

         (c)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in
accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, if one is appointed.

         (d)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

         (e)  "COMPANY" shall mean Lam Research Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

         (f)  "COMPENSATION" shall mean all regular straight time gross
earnings, exclusive of payments for overtime,
 shift premium, incentive
compensation, incentive payments, bonuses, commissions or other compensation.

         (g)   "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS  AN EMPLOYEE"  shall  mean  the absence
of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous
Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of a
leave of absence agreed to in writing by the Company, provided that such
leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or re-employment upon the
expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

         (h)  "DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES" shall mean the Subsidiaries which
have been designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as
eligible to participate in the Plan.

         (i)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including an officer, who is
customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than
five (5) months in a calendar year by the Company or one of its Designated
Subsidiaries.

         (j)  "EXERCISE DATE" shall mean the last day of each offering
period of the plan.

         (k)  "OFFERING DATE" shall mean the first day of each offering
period of the Plan.

         (l)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


                                       1

<PAGE>

         (m)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of
which not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a
Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter
organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)  Any Employee who is an Employee as of the Offering Date of a
given offering period shall be eligible to participate in such Offering
Period under the Plan, subject to the requirements of paragraph 5(a) and the
limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

         (b)  Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately after
the grant, such Employee [or any other person whose stock would be attributed
to such Employee pursuant to Section 425(d) of the Code] would own stock
and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%)
or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of
the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) which permits his
rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the
Company and its subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five
Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock (determined at
the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option
is outstanding at any time.

     4.  OFFERING PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by one offering
during each offering period of the Plan, commencing on or about January 1,
1985, and continuing thereafter until terminated in accordance with paragraph
19 hereof.  Initially, the duration of each offering period shall be six
months. The Board or the Committee shall have the power to change the
duration of offering periods with respect to future offerings without
stockholder approval if such change is announced at least fifteen (15) days
prior to the scheduled beginning of the first offering period to be affected.

     5.  PARTICIPATION.

         (a)  An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by
completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deduction on the form
of Exhibit A to this Plan and filing it with the Company's payroll office
prior to the applicable Offering Date, unless a later time for filing the
subscription agreement is set by the Board or the Committee for all eligible
Employees with respect to a given offering.

         (b)  Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the
first payroll following the Offering Date and shall end on the Exercise Date
of the offering to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner
terminated by the participant as provided in paragraph 10.

     6.  PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.

         (a)  At the time a participant files his subscription agreement, he
shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each payday during the
offering period in an amount not exceeding five percent (10%) of the
Compensation which he receives on each payday during the offering period, and
the aggregate of such payroll deductions during the offering period shall not
exceed five percent (10%) of his aggregate Compensation during said offering
period.

         (b)  All payroll deductions made by a participant shall be credited
to his account under the Plan.  A participant may not make any additional
payments into such account.


                                       2

<PAGE>

         (c)  A participant may discontinue his participation in the Plan as
provided in paragraph 10, or may lower, but not increase, the rate of his
payroll deductions during the offering period by completing or filing with
the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in payroll
deduction rate.  The change in rate shall be effective fifteen (15) days
following the Company's receipt of the new subscription agreement.

     7.  GRANT OF OPTION.

         (a)  On the Offering Date of each offering period, each eligible
Employee participating in the Plan shall be granted an option to purchase (at
the per share option price) up to a number of shares of the Company's Common
Stock determined by dividing such Employee's payroll deductions accumulated
during such offering period by the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of
the fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the
Offering Date, or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of
a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided that in
no event shall an Employee be permitted to purchase during each offering
period more than a number of shares determined by dividing $12,500 by the
fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Offering
Date, and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 3(b) and 12 hereof. Fair market value of a
share of the Company's Common Stock shall be determined as provided in
Section 7(b) herein.

         (b)  The option price per share of the shares offered in a given
offering period shall be the lower of:  (i) 85% of the fair market value of a
share of the Common Stock of the Company on the Offering Date; or (ii) 85% of
the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company on the
Exercise Date.  The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on a
given date shall be determined by the Board or the Committee in its
discretion; provided, however, that where there is a public market for the
Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of the bid
and asked prices [or the closing price per share if the Common Stock is listed
on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
("NASDAQ") National Market System] of the Common Stock for such date, as
reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise
reported by the NASDAQ System) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on
a stock exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price
on such exchange on such date, as reported in the Wall Street Journal.

     8.  EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as
provided in paragraph 10, his option for the purchase of shares will be
exercised automatically on the Exercise Date of the offering period, and the
maximum number of full shares subject to option will be purchased for him at
the applicable option price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his
account.  The shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be
deemed to be transferred to the participant on the Exercise Date.  During his
lifetime, a participant's option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable
only by him.

     9.  DELIVERY.  As promptly as practicable after the Exercise Date of
each offering, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as
appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares purchased upon exercise
of his option.  Any cash remaining to the credit of a participant's account
under the Plan after a purchase by him of shares at the termination of each
offering period, or which is insufficient to purchase a full share of Common
Stock of the Company, shall be returned to said participant.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     10.  WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

         (a)  A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the
payroll deductions credited to his account under the Plan at any time prior
to the Exercise Date of the offering period by giving written notice to the
Company in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan.  All of the participant's
payroll deductions credited to his account will be paid to him promptly after
receipt of his notice of withdrawal and his option for the current period
will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the
purchase of shares will be made during the offering period.

         (b)  Upon termination of the participant's Continuous Status as an
Employee prior to the Exercise Date of the offering period for any reason,
including retirement or death, the payroll deductions credited to his account
will be returned to him or, in the case of his death, to the person or
persons entitled thereto under paragraph 14, and his option will be
automatically terminated.

         (c)  In the event an Employee fails to remain in  Continuous Status
as an Employee for at least twenty (20) hours per week during the offering
period in which the employee is a participant, he will be deemed to have
elected to withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to his
account will be returned to him and his option terminated.

         (d)  A participant's withdrawal from an offering will not have any
effect upon his eligibility to participate in a succeeding offering or in any
similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

     11.  INTEREST.  No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a
participant in the Plan.

     12.  STOCK.

         (a)  The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock
which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 1,337,500
shares, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company
as provided in paragraph 18.  If the total number of shares which would
otherwise be subject to options granted pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof on
the Offering Date of an offering period exceeds the number of shares then
available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options
have been exercised or are then outstanding), the Company shall make a pro
rata allocation of the shares remaining available for option grant in as
uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be
equitable.  In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such
reduction of the number of shares subject to the option to each Employee
affected thereby and shall similarly reduce the rate of payroll deductions,
if necessary.

         (b)  The participant will have no interest or voting right in
shares covered by his option until such option has been exercised.

         (c)  Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant
and his spouse or, beginning with the offering period ending June 8, 1990, in
the name of the participant and any joint tenant(s) designated by the
participant.

     13.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board of the
Company or a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board.  The
administration, interpretation or application of the Plan by the Board or its
committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all participants.
Members of the Board and other persons who are eligible Employees are
permitted to participate in the Plan, provided that:

         (a)  No person who is eligible to participate in the Plan may vote
on any matter affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any
option pursuant to the Plan.


                                       4

<PAGE>

         (b)  If a Committee is established to administer the Plan, no
person who is eligible to participate in the Plan may be a member of the
Committee.

     14.  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

         (a)  A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary
who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account
under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end
of the offering period but prior to the delivery to him of such shares and
cash.  In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a
beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under
the Plan in the event of such participant's death prior to the Exercise Date
of the offering period.

         (b)  Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the
participant at any time by written notice.  In the event of the death of a
participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the
Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall
deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the
estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been
appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion,
may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more
dependents or relatives of the participant or, if no spouse, dependent or
relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company
may designate.

     15.  TRANSFERABILITY.  Neither payroll deductions credited to a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option
or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution or as provided in paragraph 14 hereof) by the participant.  Any
such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be
without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to
withdraw funds in accordance with paragraph 10.

     16.  USE OF FUNDS.  All payroll deductions received or held by the
Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose,
and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

     17.  REPORTS.  Individual accounts will be maintained for each
participant in the Plan.  Statements of account will be given to
participating Employees promptly following each Exercise Date, which
statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the per share
purchase price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash
balance, if any.

     18.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  Subject to any required
action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common
Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised
and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for
issuance under the Plan but have not yet been placed under option
(collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the price per share of Common
Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised,
shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number
of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock
split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock,
or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock
effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided however,
that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be
deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration".  Such
adjustment shall be made by the Board or the Committee, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly
provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and
no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or
price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.


                                       5

<PAGE>

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
the offering period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board or the
Committee.  In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another
corporation, each option under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent
option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or
subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless such successor corporation
does not agree to assume the option or to substitute an equivalent option, in
which case the Board or the Committee shall, in lieu of such assumption or
substitution, provide for the participant to have the right to exercise the
option as to all of the optioned stock, including shares as to which the
option would not otherwise be exercisable.  If the Board or the Committee
makes an option fully exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in
the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board or the Committee shall
notify the participant that the option shall be fully exercisable for a
period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and the option will
terminate upon the expiration of such period.

     The Board or the Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of
its sole discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well
as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in
the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations,
recapitalizations, rights offerings or other increases or reductions of
shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company being
consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     19.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Board or the Committee may at any
time terminate or amend the Plan.  Except as provided in paragraph 18, no
such termination can affect options previously granted, nor may an amendment
make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the
rights of any participant, nor may an amendment be made without prior
approval of the stockholders of the Company (obtained in the manner described
in paragraph 21) if such amendment would:

         (a)  Increase the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan;

         (b)  Permit payroll deductions at a rate in excess of ten percent
(10%) of the participant's Compensation;

         (c)  Change the designation of the employees (or class of employees)
eligible for participation in the Plan; or

         (d)  If the Company has a class of equity securities registered under
Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") at the time of such amendment, materially increase the benefits which
may accrue to participants under the Plan.

     If any amendment requiring stockholder approval under this paragraph 19
of the Plan is made subsequent to the first registration of any class of
equity securities by the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such
stockholder approval shall be solicited as described in paragraph 21 of the
Plan.

     20.  NOTICES.  All notices or other communications by a participant to
the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been
duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the
location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.


                                       6

<PAGE>

     21.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

         (a)  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date the
Plan is adopted.

         (b)  If and in the event that the Company registers any class of
equity securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, any required
approval of the stockholders of the Company obtained after such registration
shall be solicited substantially in accordance with Section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (c)  If any required approval by the stockholders of the Plan itself
or of any amendment thereto is solicited at any time otherwise than in the
manner described in Section 17(b) hereof, then the Company shall, at or prior
to the first annual meeting of stockholders held subsequent to the later of
(1) the first registration of any class of equity securities of the Company
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (2) the granting of an Option
hereunder to an Officer and Director after such registration, do the
following:

                  (i)  furnish in writing to the holders entitled to vote
for the Plan substantially the same information which would be required (if
proxies to be voted with respect to approval or disapproval of the Plan or
amendment were then being solicited) by the rules and regulations in effect
under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act at the time such information is
furnished; and

                 (ii)  file with, or mail for filing to, the Securities and
Exchange Commission four copies of the written information referred to in
subsection (i) hereof not later than the date on which such information is
first sent or given to stockholders.

     22.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and
delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable
provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed,
and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with
respect to such compliance.

     As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require
the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any
of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

     23.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to
occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the
stockholders of the Company as described in paragraph 21.  It shall continue
in effect for a term of twenty (20) years unless sooner terminated under
paragraph 19.

     24.  Additional Restrictions of Rule 16b-3.  The terms and conditions of
options granted hereunder to, and the purchase of shares by, persons subject
to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall comply with the
applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 of such Act.  This Plan shall be deemed
to contain, and such options shall contain, and the shares issued upon
exercise thereof shall be subject to, such additional conditions and
restrictions as may be required by Rule 16b-3 to qualify for the maximum
exemption from Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect
to Plan transactions.


                                       7




<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 4-4


                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

                             1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN

              AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AS OF OCTOBER 27, 1994

1.    PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.  The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are:

      -      to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of
             substantial responsibility,

      -      to provide additional incentive to Employees, Consultants and
             Outside Directors, and

      -      to promote the success of the Company's business.

Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory
Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  The
Plan also provides for automatic grants of Nonstatutory Stock Options to Outside
Directors.

2.    DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

      (a)    "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall
be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

      (b)    "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the legal requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws
and the Code.

      (c)    "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

      (d)    "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      (e)    "COMMITTEE" means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance
with Section
 4 of the Plan.

      (f)    "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company.

      (g)    "COMPANY" means Lam Research Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

      (h)    "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the
Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for
such services, provided that the term "Consultant" shall not include Directors
who are paid only a director's fee by the Company or who are not compensated by
the Company for their services as Directors.


<PAGE>

      (i)    "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT" means that the
employment or consulting relationship is not interrupted or terminated by the
Optionee, Company, any Parent or Subsidiary.  Continuous Status as an Employee
or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) any leave
of absence approved by the Board, including sick leave, military leave, or any
other personal leave, provided, however, that for purposes of Incentive Stock
Options, any such leave may not exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment
upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract (including certain
Company policies) or statute; or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company
or between the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or its successor.

      (j)    "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" means that the Outside
Director relationship is not interrupted or terminated by the Outside Director,
Company, or any Parent. Continuous Status as an Outside Director shall not be
considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by the
Board, including sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave.

      (k)    "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board.

      (l)    "DISABILITY" means total and permanent disability as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

      (m)    "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither
service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be
sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

      (n)    "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

      (o)    "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:

             (i)     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, or a national market system, including without
limitation the National Market System of the NASDAQ System, or is regularly
quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported,
the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the
high bid and high asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading
day prior to the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or
such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

             (ii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
Administrator.

      (p)    "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

      (q)    "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to qualify
as an Incentive Stock Option.

      (r)    "NOTICE OF GRANT" means a written notice evidencing certain terms
and conditions of an individual Option.  The Notice of Grant is part of the
Option Agreement.

      (s)    "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company within
the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

      (t)    "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

      (u)    "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between the Company
and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option
grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

      (v)    "OPTIONED STOCK" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

      (w)    "OPTIONEE" means an Employee or Consultant who holds an outstanding
Option.

      (x)    "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of
the Company who is not an Employee or a Consultant.

      (y)    "PARENT" means a "parent corporation", whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

      (z)    "PLAN" means this Lam Research Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.

      (aa)   "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor
to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to
the Plan.

      (bb)   "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

      (cc)   "SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation", whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.    STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the
Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 2,875,000 Shares of Common Stock.  The Shares may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  However, should the
Company reacquire Shares which were issued pursuant to the exercise of an
Option, such Shares shall not become available for future grant under the Plan.

      If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been
exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall
become available for future grant under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated).

4.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

      (a)    PROCEDURE.

             (i)     MULTIPLE ADMINISTRATIVE BODIES.  If permitted by Rule
16b-3, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Outside
Directors, Directors who are also Employees or Consultants, Officers who are not
Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

             (ii)    ADMINISTRATION WITH RESPECT TO DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
SUBJECT TO SECTION 16(b).  With respect to Option grants made to Employees who
are also Officers or Directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the
Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the
Plan in compliance with the rules governing a plan intended to qualify as a
discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3, or (B) a committee designated by the Board
to administer the Plan, which committee shall be constituted to comply with the
rules governing a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule
16b-3.  Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated
capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may
increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove
members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies
(however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the rules governing
a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3.

             (iii)   ADMINISTRATION WITH RESPECT TO OTHER PERSONS. With respect
to Option grants made to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor
Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B)
a committee designated by the Board, which committee shall be constituted to
satisfy Applicable Laws.  Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its
designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members,
remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill
vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and
thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by
Applicable Laws.

             (iv)    ADMINISTRATION WITH RESPECT TO AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO OUTSIDE
DIRECTORS. Automatic grants to Outside Directors shall be pursuant to a
non-discretionary formula as set forth in Section 5(b) hereof and therefore
shall not be subject to discretionary administration.

      (b)    POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR.  Subject to the provisions of the
Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated
by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in
its discretion:

             (i)     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in
accordance with Section 2(o) of the Plan;

             (ii)    to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options may
be granted hereunder;

             (iii)   to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted
hereunder;

             (iv)    to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be
covered by each Option granted hereunder;

             (v)     to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

             (vi)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder.  Such terms and
conditions may include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or
times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance
criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and
any restriction or limitation regarding an Option or the shares of Common Stock
relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in
its sole discretion, shall determine;

             (vii)   to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then
current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered
by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;

             (viii)  to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan;

             (ix)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan;


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

             (x)     to modify or amend each Option (subject to Section 15(c) of
the Plan);

             (xi)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company
any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by
the Administrator;

             (xii)   to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to
Options; and

             (xiii)  to make all other determinations deemed necessary or
advisable for administering the Plan.

      (c)    EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION.  The Administrator's decisions,
determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees
and any other holders of Options.

5.  ELIGIBILITY.

      (a)      Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Outside
Directors provided that (i) Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to
Employees and (ii) Options may only be granted to Outside Directors in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof.  Each Option shall be
designated in the written option agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option
or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Subject to Section 5(b) with respect to Outside
Directors, an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director who has been granted an
option may, if such Employee, Consultant or Outside Director is otherwise
eligible, be granted additional Option(s).

      (b)    The provisions set forth in this Section 5(b) shall not be amended
more than once every six months, other than to comport with changes in the Code,
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules
thereunder.  All grants of Options to Outside Directors under this Plan shall be
automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with
the following provisions:

             (i)     No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside
Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of shares to be
covered by Options granted to Outside Directors; provided, however, that nothing
in this Plan shall be construed to prevent an Outside Director from declining to
receive an Option under this Plan.

             (ii)    Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an
Option to purchase 6,000 Shares on the first business day of January of each
calendar year.

             (iii)   The terms of an Option granted pursuant to this Section
5(b) shall be as follows:


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                     (A)   the term of the Option shall be ten (10) years;

                     (B)   except as provided in subsections 5(b)(iii)(G) and
(H) hereof, the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director
remains a director;

                     (C)   the exercise price per share of Common Stock shall be
100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Option;

                     (D)   the Option shall be 100% vested upon the date of
grant;

                     (E)   the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be
issued upon exercise of an automatic Outside Director Option shall consist of
cash or check;

                     (F)   if an Outside Director ceases to serve as a Director
the Option shall terminate immediately (except in the event of the Outside
Director's death or Disability, as described below);

                     (G)   in the event an Outside Director's Continuous Status
as an Outside Director terminates as a result of his or her Disability, he or
she may, but only within six (6) months from the date of termination, exercise
his or her Option. If he or she does not exercise such Option (which he or she
was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall
terminate; and

                     (H)   in the event of the death of an Outside Director, the
Option may be exercised, at any time within six (6) months following the date of
death, by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to
exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. If the option is not exercised
(to the extent it was entitled to be exercised) within the time specified
herein, the Option shall terminate.

6.    LIMITATIONS.

      (a)    Each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant as either an
Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding
such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the
Shares subject to an Optionee's incentive stock options granted by the Company,
any Parent or Subsidiary, which become exercisable for the first time during any
calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary)
exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock
Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), incentive stock options shall be
taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market
Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

      (b)    Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any
right with respect to continuing the Optionee's employment or consulting
relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the
Optionee's right or the Company's right to terminate such employment or
consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

      (c)    No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company,
Options to purchase more than two hundred thousand (200,000) Shares.  The
foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any
change in the Company's capitalization as described in Section 12.

      (d)  If an Option is canceled in the same fiscal year of the Company in
which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in
Section 12), the cancelled Option will be counted against the limit set forth in
Section 5(c).  For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced,
the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of
a new Option.

7.    TERM OF PLAN. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, the Plan shall become
effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval
by the stockholders of the Company as described in Section 18 of the Plan.  It
shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier
under Section 14 of the Plan.

8.    TERM OF OPTION.  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of
Grant; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the
term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may
be provided in the Notice of Grant.  However, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is
granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of
the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or
such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.

9.    OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

      (a)    EXERCISE PRICE.  Except with respect to automatic stock option
grants to Outside Directors, the per share exercise price for the Shares to be
issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the
Administrator, subject to the following:

             (i)     In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

                     (A)   granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive
Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of
the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair
Market Value per Share on the date of grant.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                     (B)   granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price
shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of
grant.

             (ii)    In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share
exercise price may be less than 100%, but shall be no less than 85%, of the Fair
Market Value per Share on the date of grant, if the Administrator determines
that a discount from the Fair Market Value is appropriate in lieu of the payment
of a reasonable amount of salary or cash bonus to the Optionee.

      (b)    WAITING PERIOD AND EXERCISE DATES. Except with respect to automatic
stock option grants to Outside Directors, at the time an Option is granted, the
Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and
shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be
exercised.  In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be
exercised until the completion of a service period.

      (c)    FORM OF CONSIDERATION.  Except with respect to automatic stock
option grants to Outside Directors, the Administrator shall determine the
acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method
of payment.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall
determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.  Such
consideration may consist of:

             (i)     cash;

             (ii)    check;

             (iii)   promissory note;

             (iv)    other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired upon
exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months
on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of
surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said
Option shall be exercised;

             (v)     delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together
with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if
applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to
the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price;

             (vi)    any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

             (vii)   such other consideration and method of payment for the
issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

10.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

      (a)    PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at
such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set
forth in the Option Agreement.

      An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

      An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:  (i)
written notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the
person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares
with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any
consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and
permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of
an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the
Optionee, jointly with a person as specified by the Optionee.  Until the stock
certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate
entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the
Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a
stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the
exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such
stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the
Plan.

      Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares
thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the
Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

      (b)    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP.  In the event
that an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates
(other than upon the Optionee's death or Disability), the Optionee may exercise
his or her Option, but only within such period of time as is determined by the
Administrator, and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise
it at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the
term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  In the case of an
Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine such period of time
(in no event to exceed three (3) months from the date of termination) when the
Option is granted.  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, such period of
time may not exceed six (6) months from the date of termination.  If, at the
date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire
Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall
revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his
or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall
terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

             (i)     DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event that an Optionee's
Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of the
Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option at any time
within six (6) months from the date of such termination (or, if an Employee or
Consultant, such other period of time not exceeding twelve (12) months as is
determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an
Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option), but only
to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  If, at the date of termination,
the Optionee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares
covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.
If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within
the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by
such Option shall revert to the Plan.

      (c)    DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death of an Optionee:

             (i)     during the term of the Option who is at the time of death
an Employee or Consultant and who shall have been in Continuous Status as an
Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, the Option may be
exercised, at any time within six (6) months (or such other period of time as is
determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an
Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option) following
the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term
of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the Optionee's estate or
by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that would have
accrued had the Optionee continued living and remained in Continuous Status as
an Employee or Consultant six (6) months after the date of death; or

             (ii)    within thirty (30) days (or such other period of time not
exceeding three (3) months as is determined by the Administrator, with such
determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of
grant of the Option) after the termination of Continuous Status as an Employee
or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six (6) months
following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration
of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option
by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that
had accrued at the date of termination.

11.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  An Option may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the
lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

12.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET
SALE.

      (a)    CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  Subject to any required action by the
stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have
been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet
been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or
expiration of an Option, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered
by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any
increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting
from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or
reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the
number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of
consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.
Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

      (b)    DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not
been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed action. The Board may, in the exercise of its sole
discretion in such instances, declare that any Option (except for Options
granted to Outside Directors) shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board
and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Option as to all or any
part of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not
otherwise be exercisable.

      (c)    MERGER OR ASSET SALE. In the event of a merger of the Company with
or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of
the Company, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option or
right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation does not
agree to assume the Option or to substitute an equivalent option, the Board
shall, in lieu of such assumption or substitution, provide for the Optionee to
have the right to exercise the Option as to all or a portion of the Optioned
Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable.  If
the Administrator makes an Option fully exercisable in lieu of assumption or
substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall
notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of
fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option will terminate
upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the
Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets,
the option or right confers the right to purchase, for each Share of Optioned
Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other
securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of
Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and
if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration
chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided,
however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was
not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the
Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation and the
participant, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of
the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely
common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in Fair Market
Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the
merger or sale of assets.

13.   DATE OF GRANT.  The date of grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes,
the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such
Option, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice
of the determination shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time
after the date of grant.

14.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

      (a)    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  The Board may at any time amend, alter,
suspend or terminate the Plan.

      (b)    STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval
of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule
16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other
applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange
or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted).  Such
stockholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to
such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

      (c)    EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No amendment, alteration,
suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee,
unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator,
which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

15.   CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

      (a)    LEGAL COMPLIANCE.  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws,
and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the
approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

      (b)    INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.  As a condition to the exercise of an
Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent
and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased
only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is
required.

16.   LIABILITY OF COMPANY.

      (a)    INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY.  The inability of the Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority
is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and
sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in
respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite
authority shall not have been obtained.

      (b)    GRANTS EXCEEDING ALLOTTED SHARES.  If the Optioned Stock covered by
an Option exceeds, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares which may be
issued under the Plan without additional stockholder approval, such Option shall
be void with respect to such excess Optioned Stock, unless stockholder approval
of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan
is timely obtained in accordance with Section 15(b) of the Plan.

17.   RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at
all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18.   STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to
approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or
after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained
in the manner and to the degree required under applicable federal and state law.


                                      -14-





<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10-26


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY







                   SUPPLEMENTAL RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                      among



                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION



                    ABN AMRO BANK N.V., CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH



                             LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.


                                       and



                        ABN AMRO BANK N.V., TOKYO BRANCH


<PAGE>

                         RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT, dated as of June 28, 1995, is entered into by and
among:

(1)  LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION, a company incorporated in Delaware and having its
     chief executive office at 4650 Cushing Parkway, Fremont, California 94538-
     6401 ("LRC");

(2)  ABN AMRO BANK N.V., acting through its CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, a branch
     licensed in the Cayman Islands and having its office at 335 Madison Avenue,
     16th Floor, New York, New York 10017 ("ABN CAYMAN");

(3)  LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD., a company incorporated in Japan and having its
     registered office at 1-1-10, Oyama, Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa (in its
     capacity as the seller of receivables hereunder, the "SELLER");

(4)  ABN AMRO BANK N.V., acting through its TOKYO BRANCH, a branch licensed in
     Japan and having its registered office at Shiroyama JT Mori Building, 3-1,
     4-chome, Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo (the "PURCHASER"); and

(5)  LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD., a company incorporated in Japan and having its
     registered office at 1-1-10, Oyama, Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa (in its
     capacity as the
 collection agent for receivables hereunder, the "COLLECTION
     AGENT").

RECITALS:

(A)  LRC and the Seller have sold to Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd., a Japanese
     corporation which has acted as LRC's and the Seller's Japanese distributor
     (the "BUYER"), certain semiconductor capital equipment (the "EQUIPMENT") on
     account.  The Buyer has in turn sold the Equipment to other Japanese
     corporations (the "END-USERS") on account.

(B)  Pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 23, 1995
     (the "EXISTING RECEIVABLES AGREEMENT") among LRC (in its capacity as the
     seller thereunder), ABN Cayman and LRC (in its capacity as the collection
     agent thereunder), LRC sold to ABN Cayman certain of the receivables owed
     to LRC by the Buyer.


<PAGE>

(C)  The Seller and the Purchaser now have agreed, upon the terms and subject to
     the conditions set forth herein, that the Seller will sell to the Purchaser
     the receivable described in the FIRST SCHEDULE hereto, which is a
     receivable owed to the Seller by the Buyer and arose from the sale by the
     Seller to the Buyer of certain of the Equipment (the "RECEIVABLE").

(D)  The Collection Agent has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the
     conditions set forth herein, to act as the agent of the Purchaser in
     connection with the collection of the receivable sold to the Purchaser
     pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement.

(E)  LRC (in its capacities as both seller and collection agent under the
     Existing Receivables Agreement), ABN Cayman, the Seller, the Purchaser and
     the Collection Agent now wish to supplement the Existing Receivables
     Agreement by entering into this Supplemental Agreement to set forth the
     terms and conditions upon which the Purchaser will purchase the Receivable.

THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE as follows:



                                     PART 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1       In this Supplemental Agreement and in the Schedules, unless otherwise
defined therein or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

     "ABN CAYMAN" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE (2) OF THE
     INTRODUCTORY PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "ACCEPTANCE" means, for any Equipment, the acceptance by the End-User of
     such Equipment in a manner which obligates the End-User to pay to the Buyer
     an amount equal to the full Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable arising
     out of the sale of such Equipment to the Buyer.

                                        2


<PAGE>

     "ADJUSTED LIBO RATE" means, for any period and amount, the per annum rate
     equal to the sum of (i) the LIBO Rate for such period and amount plus (ii)
     three-fourths of one percent (0.75%).

     "ASSIGNMENT" means an assignment substantially in the form of PART 1 OF THE
     THIRD SCHEDULE.

     "BUYER" has the meaning given to that term in RECITAL (A).

     "CAPITAL" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is to be
     determined, the sum of (i) Total Debt and (ii) Tangible Net Worth.

     "CLOSING DATE" means June 30, 1995, or such later date as the parties
     hereto may agree.

     "COLLECTION AGENT" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE (5) OF THE
     INTRODUCTORY PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "COLLECTIONS" means all payments by or on behalf of the Buyer received in
     respect of the Receivable, whether in the form of cash, electronic money
     transfer or any other form of payment.

     "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" means, as applied to any person, any direct or
     indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that person with respect to
     any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of
     another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or
     indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit
     in the ordinary course of business), co-made or discounted or sold with
     recourse by that person, or in respect of which that person is otherwise
     directly or indirectly liable.  The amount of any Contingent Obligations
     shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise
     supported.

     "CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is
     to be determined, the consolidated current liabilities of LRC and its
     subsidiaries determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principals.

                                        3


<PAGE>

     "DAILY RATE" means, for any day, the per annum rate equal to the greater of
     (i) the rate quoted on such day by two or more commercial banks in Tokyo as
     the short-term prime rate for short-term borrowings in Yen by prime
     borrowers in Tokyo and (ii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for one-week Yen
     deposits determined by the Purchaser on such day (for delivery two London
     Banking Days after such day), such rate to change on each day as the short-
     term prime rate and Adjusted LIBO Rate for one-week Yen deposits shall
     change.

     "DEBT" of any person means, at any date, without duplication, (i) all
     obligations of such person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
     person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,
     (iii) all obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase price of
     property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary
     course of business, (iv) all obligations of such person as lessee which are
     capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
     (v) all obligations of such person as lessee which are not capitalized in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles but which are
     secured by an encumbrance upon any property of such person, and (vi) all
     debt secured by an encumbrance on any asset of such person, whether or not
     such debt is otherwise guaranteed by such person.

     "DISCOUNT AMOUNT" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the product of (i)
     the Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable times (ii) the Discount Rate
     for the Discount Period and Face Amount for the Purchased Receivable.

     "DISCOUNT PERIOD" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the period
     commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Tentative Due Date for the
     Purchased Receivable.

     "DISCOUNT RATE" means, for any Discount Period and amount, a fraction
     (expressed as a percentage rounded up to the nearest one thousandth of one
     percent) calculated as follows:

          D =    L x P/360
              ---------------
              1 + (L x P/360)

     Where:

                                        4


<PAGE>

          D =  the Discount Rate;
          L =  the Adjusted LIBO Rate (expressed as a decimal number) for such
               Discount Period and amount; and
          P =  the number of days in such Discount Period.

     "DISCOUNT REDUCTION AMOUNT" means, with respect to the Purchased Receivable
     if the Payment Date occurs prior to the Tentative Due Date, an amount equal
     to the product of (i) the Discount Amount for the Purchased Receivable
     times (ii) a fraction (expressed as a percentage rounded down to the
     nearest one thousandth of one percent), the numerator of which is the
     number of days in the period commencing on the Payment Date and ending on
     the Tentative Due Date and the denominator of which is the number of days
     in the Discount Period for the Purchased Receivable.

     "END-USERS" has the meaning given to that term in RECITAL (A).

     "EQUIPMENT" has the meaning given to that term in RECITAL (A).

     "EXISTING RECEIVABLES AGREEMENT" has the meaning given to that term in
     RECITAL (B).

     "FACE AMOUNT" means, for the Receivable, the amount in Yen which is payable
     by the Buyer on account of such Receivable, as set forth for the Receivable
     in the Assignment.

     "FUNDED INTEREST AMOUNT" means, with respect to the Purchased Receivable if
     the Scheduled Due Date is set to occur after the Tentative Due Date, an
     amount equal to the interest which would have accrued on the Face Amount of
     the Purchased Receivable from the Tentative Due Date through the Scheduled
     Due Date at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such period and such Face Amount.

     "FUNDED INTEREST ACCRUED AMOUNT" means, with respect to the Purchased
     Receivable if the Scheduled Due Date is after the Tentative Due Date and
     the Payment Date or the Repurchase Date occurs prior to the Scheduled Due
     Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Funded Interest Amount for
     the Purchased Receivable times (B) a fraction (expressed as a

                                        5


<PAGE>

     percentage rounded up to the nearest one thousandth of one percent), the
     numerator of which is the number of days in the period commencing on the
     Tentative Due Date and ending on the Payment Date or the Repurchase Date,
     as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the number of days in
     the period commencing on the Tentative Due Date and ending on the Scheduled
     Due Date.

     "GUARANTY" means a guaranty of LRC in the form of the Seventh Schedule.

     "INSOLVENCY EVENT" means, in relation to any person, its winding-up or
     dissolution or the judgment or declaration of insolvency or bankruptcy or
     the appointment of an administrator, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
     similar official over its or any of its reserves or assets, the filing or
     presentation of a petition in relation to any of the foregoing or the
     commencement of any analogous proceedings in relation thereto, and, in the
     case of such filing or presentation made by any third party against it,
     such filing or presentation (i) having resulted in a judgment or
     declaration of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief
     or the making of an order for its winding-up or dissolution or (ii) having
     not been dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained within thirty (30)
     days.

     "LIBO RATE" means, for any period and amount:

          (i)  The per annum rate for deposits in Yen for a term comparable to
               such period which appears on the Telerate page 3750 as of 11:00
               a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day prior to the
               first day of such period; or

         (ii)  If such rate does not appear on the Telerate page 3750 at such
               time, the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as a percentage
               rounded up to the nearest one thousandth of one percent),
               determined by the Purchaser to be the per annum rates at which
               deposits in Yen are offered to ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., London
               Branch, by two or more prime banks in the London interbank market
               at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London

                                        6


<PAGE>

               Banking Day prior to the first day of such period (for delivery
               on the first day of such period) for a term comparable to such
               period and in an amount approximately equal to such amount.

     "LONDON BANKING DAY" means a day on which commercial banks are open for
     business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency
     deposits) in London.

     "LRC" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE (1) OF THE INTRODUCTORY
     PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means in relation to any matter, event or
     circumstance concerning the Seller, LRC or the Collection Agent (insofar as
     Lam Research Co., Ltd. is the Collection Agent), a likely material adverse
     effect on the ability of the person concerned to perform its obligations
     under this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment or any of the other
     Transaction Documents.

     "ORIGINAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE SELLER" means the audited financial
     statements of LRC for the financial year ended June 30, 1994 and the
     unaudited interim financial statements of LRC for the financial quarter
     ended December 31, 1994.

     "PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE" means, for any Equipment, the acceptance by the End-
     User of such Equipment in a manner which obligates the End-User to pay to
     the Buyer an amount equal to a portion of the Face Amount of the Purchased
     Receivable arising out of the sale of such Equipment to the Buyer.

     "PAYMENT DATE" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the date or each of the
     dates on which the Purchased Receivable is paid in full or in any part to
     the Purchaser in immediately available funds.

     "PERFECTION DOCUMENT" means, for the Purchased Receivable, a written notice
     to the Buyer, duly executed by the Seller, notifying the Buyer of the
     assignment by the Seller to the Purchaser of the Purchased Receivable, such
     notice to be in the form of a document duly date-stamped (KAKUTEI HIZUKE)
     by a notary public in accordance with Article 467 (1) and (2)

                                        7


<PAGE>

     of the Civil Code of Japan and in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Purchaser.

     "POTENTIAL TERMINATION EVENT" means any event or circumstance which, if it
     continued after the giving of any notice, the expiration of any grace
     period and/or the satisfaction of any other applicable conditions, would
     become a Termination Event.

     "PURCHASED RECEIVABLE" means each Receivable which is actually purchased by
     the Purchaser pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement, other than any such
     Receivable which is repurchased by the Seller pursuant to this Supplemental
     Agreement.

     "PURCHASE LIMIT" means the remainder of (i) one billion, four hundred
     million Yen (Y1,400,000,000) (i.e. the "Purchase Limit" under the Existing
     Receivables Agreement) minus (ii) one billion, two hundred million Yen
     (Y1,200,000,000).

     "PURCHASE ORDER" means, for any Equipment purchased by the Buyer, the
     purchase order (or its equivalent regardless of whether it is titled as
     such) for such Equipment duly executed and delivered to the Seller by the
     Buyer, which shall specify the specification and the ordered quantity of,
     and the payment terms for, such Equipment.

     "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE 4.1.

     "PURCHASER" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE (4) OF THE
     INTRODUCTORY PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "QUICK ASSETS" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is to be
     determined, the consolidated cash, cash-equivalents, accounts receivable,
     and marketable securities with maturities not to exceed 360 days, of LRC
     and its subsidiaries determined in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principals.

     "RECEIVABLE" has the meaning given to that term in RECITAL (C).

                                        8


<PAGE>

     "RECORDS" means all Sales Agreements, Purchase Orders, contracts, other
     documents, books, records and other information maintained by the Seller
     with respect to the Purchased Receivable.

     "RELATED SECURITY" means, for the Purchased Receivable, (i) all of the
     Seller's interest, if any, in the Equipment (including returned Equipment),
     if any, the sale of which by the Seller gave rise to the Purchased
     Receivable, (ii) all other encumbrances and property subject thereto from
     time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of the Purchased
     Receivable, whether pursuant to the Sales Agreement relating to the
     Purchased Receivable or otherwise and (iii) all guarantees, insurance or
     other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting
     or securing payment of the Purchased Receivable whether pursuant to the
     Sales Agreement relating to the Purchased Receivable or otherwise.

     "REPURCHASE DISCOUNT AMOUNT" means, for the Purchased Receivable if it is
     to be repurchased by the Seller, the product of (i) the Discount Amount for
     the Purchased Receivable times (ii) a fraction (expressed as a percentage
     rounded down to the nearest one thousandth of one percent), the numerator
     of which is the number of days in the period commencing on the date of
     repurchase and ending on the Tentative Due Date and the denominator of
     which is the number of days in the Discount Period for the Purchased
     Receivable.

     "REPURCHASE DATE" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE 14.2.

     "REPURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE 14.3.

     "REVISED FACE AMOUNT" means, for the Purchased Receivable related to
     Equipment if Partial Acceptance has occurred, the amount in Yen which the
     Seller and the Buyer have agreed upon following such Partial Acceptance as
     the reduced amount payable by the Buyer on account of the Purchased
     Receivable.

     "SALES AGREEMENT" means the agreement (whether in writing or oral) between
     the Seller and the Buyer with respect to a sale of Equipment governing the
     terms and conditions of such

                                        9


<PAGE>

     sale (including the Purchase Order, if any, and all other agreements,
     instruments and documents relating or ancillary thereto), as such agreement
     may be amended or modified from time to time.

     "SCHEDULED DUE DATE" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the date which is
     confirmed or agreed between the Seller and the Buyer following the
     Acceptance or Partial Acceptance by the Buyer of the related Equipment as
     the date on which the Face Amount or the Revised Face Amount, as the case
     may be, of the Purchased Receivable is unconditionally payable by the
     Buyer.

     "SELLER" has the meaning given to that term in CLAUSE (3) OF THE
     INTRODUCTORY PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "SHIPMENT" means, for any Equipment, the shipment by the Seller of such
     Equipment to the Buyer in accordance with the relevant Sales Agreement, the
     date of which shall be set forth in the Assignment.

     "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means any debt subordinated to the obligations of the
     Seller hereunder on terms acceptable to the Purchaser.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is
     to be determined, the consolidated total assets of LRC and its subsidiaries
     MINUS, without duplication, (i) the sum of any amounts attributable to (A)
     goodwill, and (B) intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and
     expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights,
     franchises, treasury stock, deferred charges and research and development
     expenses except prepaid expenses, AND (ii) Total Liabilities.

     "TENTATIVE ACCEPTANCE DATE" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the date
     which is agreed upon between the Seller and the Purchaser and set forth in
     the Assignment as the date on which the Acceptance of the Equipment
     relating to the Purchased Receivable is likely to occur, but shall in no
     event be later than the date which is 270 days after the date of Shipment
     of such Equipment as set forth in the Assignment.


                                       10


<PAGE>

     "TENTATIVE CREDIT PERIOD" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the period
     commencing on the Tentative Acceptance Date for the Purchased Receivable
     and ending on the Tentative Due Date for the Purchased Receivable.

     "TENTATIVE DUE DATE" means, for the Purchased Receivable, the date which is
     agreed upon between the Seller and the Purchaser (based upon the payment
     terms provided in the Sales Agreement for the Equipment relating to the
     Purchased Receivable) and set forth in the Assignment as the date on which
     the Payment Date for the Purchased Receivable is likely to occur, but shall
     in no event be later than the date which is 225 days after the date of
     Acceptance or Partial Acceptance, as the case may be, of such Equipment.

     "TERMINATION EVENTS" means those events and conditions set forth in the
     FOURTH SCHEDULE.

     "TOTAL DEBT" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is to be
     determined, the sum of (i) short-term bank debt, (ii) current maturities of
     long-term debt and current portion of capitalized leases, (iii) long term
     debt, (iv) capitalized leases and (v) all off-balance sheet obligations
     including Contingent Obligations and the face amount of all outstanding
     letters of credit (including drawn and unreimbursed amounts).

     "TOTAL LIABILITIES" means, at any date as of which the amount thereof is to
     be determined, all obligations that should, in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principals be classified as liabilities on the
     consolidated balance sheet of LRC.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment,
     the Guaranty and all other agreements and documents entered into pursuant
     to this Supplemental Agreement or in connection with this Supplemental
     Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

1.2       In this Supplemental Agreement:

     "business day" means any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which
     banks are open for business in San Francisco, London and Tokyo;

                                       11


<PAGE>

     a "Clause", "Part", "Recital" or "Schedule" is, subject to any contrary
     indication, a reference to a clause or part hereof or a recital or schedule
     hereto;

     an "encumbrance" shall be construed as a reference to a mortgage, charge,
     pledge, security interest, lien or other encumbrance securing any
     obligation of any person or any other type of preferential arrangement
     (including, without limitation, title transfer and retention arrangements)
     having a similar effect;

     a "person" shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company,
     corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or
     partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or
     more of the foregoing;

     "stamp duty" shall be construed as a reference to any stamp, registration
     or to the transaction or documentary tax (including, without limitation any
     penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any
     delay in paying any of the same);

     "tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy, impost, duty or
     other charge of a similar nature (including, without limitation, any
     penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any
     delay in paying any of the same); and

     the "rehabilitation", "bankruptcy", "dissolution", "insolvency",
     "liquidation", "receivership" or "winding-up" of any person shall be
     construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under
     the laws of the jurisdiction in which such person is incorporated (or, if
     not a company or corporation, domiciled) or any jurisdiction in which such
     person carries on business.

1.3       "Y" and "Yen" denote lawful currency of Japan.

1.4       Save where the contrary is indicated, any reference in this
Supplemental Agreement to:

                                       12


<PAGE>

          (i)  this Supplemental Agreement or any other agreement or document
               shall be construed as a reference to this Supplemental Agreement,
               or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document as the
               same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied,
               novated or supplemented;

         (ii)  a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as
               the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or
               re-enacted; and

        (iii)  all calculations of interest shall be made on the basis of a year
               of 360 days for actual days elapsed.

1.5       Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

1.6       The Seller is acting as the Seller and the Collection Agent under this
Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.  All references in
this Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to the Seller
shall, where the context so permits, be deemed to be a reference to the Seller
acting in each of these capacities.


                                     PART 2

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SALE OF RECEIVABLE

2.   TERMS OF PURCHASE

2.1       Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Seller will
sell, and the Purchaser will purchase, the Receivable, PROVIDED THAT the
Purchase Price paid by the Purchaser for the Receivable does not exceed the
Purchase Limit.

2.2       The sale referred to in PART 3  does not constitute and is not
intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Purchaser of any
obligation of the Seller or any other person in connection with the Receivable
or the Sales Agreements, or under any other agreement or instrument relating
thereto.

                                       13


<PAGE>

2.3       The parties hereto intend that the transactions contemplated by this
Supplemental Agreement constitute a sale and purchase of the Purchased
Receivable.  In the event that any court, any other governmental authority or
any other person should construe such transactions as a loan, the parties intend
that such loan constitute a secured loan and, in furtherance of such intent, the
Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser, as security for all obligations of the
Seller under this Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, a
security interest in all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the
Purchased Receivable, all Collections thereof, all Related Security therefor and
all Records relating thereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the
Seller.

                                       14


<PAGE>

                                     PART 3

                               SALE OF RECEIVABLE

3.   SALE AND PURCHASE

3.1       Subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement,
the Seller hereby agrees to sell on the Closing Date, and the Purchaser agrees
to purchase on such date, all of the Seller's right, title and interest in, to
and under the Receivable including for the avoidance of doubt:

          (i)  the right to receive all Collections in respect thereof;

         (ii)  all Related Security with respect to the Receivable and all
               proceeds thereof; and

        (iii)  all Records relating to the Receivable.

3.2       The sale and purchase of the Receivable referred to in CLAUSE 3.1
shall be effected by the completion, execution and delivery of the Assignment.

4.   CONSIDERATION

4.1       Subject to adjustment as provided in CLAUSES 6, 7 AND 8, the
consideration payable by the Purchaser for the sale and purchase of the
Purchased Receivable shall be an amount in Yen equal to the Face Amount of the
Purchased Receivable minus the Discount Amount for the Purchased Receivable (the
"PURCHASE PRICE").  The Purchase Price shall be payable in accordance with
CLAUSE 5.1.

5.   CLOSING

5.1       Completion of the sale and purchase contemplated by CLAUSE 3.1 shall
take place on the Closing Date (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
precedent set out in the SECOND SCHEDULE), whereupon:

          (i)  the Seller shall assign to the Purchaser the Receivable, by the
               Seller and the Purchaser

                                       15


<PAGE>

               executing and delivering to the other the Assignment;

         (ii)  the Seller shall deliver the Sales Agreements to the Purchaser;

        (iii)  if a promissory note has been issued by the Buyer in favor of the
               Seller for the payment of the Receivable, the Seller shall make
               endorsement without recourse (mutanpo uragaki) on such promissory
               note in favor of the Purchaser and deliver such promissory note
               to or to the order of the Purchaser; and

         (iv)  the Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price of the Receivable to
               the Seller in accordance with CLAUSE 22.1.


                                     PART 4

                           ADJUSTMENT OF CONSIDERATION

6.   ADJUSTMENT AFTER DETERMINATION OF SCHEDULED DUE DATE

6.1       SCHEDULED DUE DATE AFTER TENTATIVE DUE DATE.  Except as otherwise
provided in CLAUSE 8.2(ii)(A), if the Seller and the Buyer agree upon the
Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable prior to the payment of the
Purchased Receivable and such Scheduled Due Date is AFTER the Tentative Due Date
for the Purchased Receivable, then the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on the
Scheduled Due Date, as a reduction of the Purchase Price for the Purchased
Receivable, the Funded Interest Amount for the Purchased Receivable.

6.2       SCHEDULED DUE DATE PRIOR TO TENTATIVE DUE DATE.  If the Seller and the
Buyer agree upon the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable prior to
the payment of the Purchased Receivable, such Scheduled Due Date is PRIOR to the
Tentative Due Date for the Purchased Receivable and the Buyer pays the Purchased
Receivable on a day other than the Tentative Due Date, then the Purchaser and
the Seller shall make payments to each other as provided in CLAUSE 8.1 below in
the same manner as though the Scheduled Due Date had not been set.

                                       16


<PAGE>

7.   ADJUSTMENT AFTER PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE

7.1       If the Seller and the Buyer agree upon the Revised Face Amount of the
Purchased Receivable after a Partial Acceptance of the related Equipment, then
the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on the Tentative Due Date, as a reduction
of the Purchase Price for the Purchased Receivable, an amount equal to the
difference between the Face Amount and the Revised Face Amount of the Purchased
Receivable.

8.   ADJUSTMENT AFTER PAYMENT

8.1       PAYMENT DATE PRIOR TO DETERMINATION OF SCHEDULED DUE DATE.  If the
Buyer pays the Purchased Receivable before the Seller and the Buyer agree upon
the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable and such payment is made on
a day other than the Tentative Due Date, then the Purchaser and the Seller shall
make payments to each other as follows:

          (i)  PAYMENT DATE PRIOR TO TENTATIVE DUE DATE.  If the Purchased
               Receivable is paid prior to the Tentative Due Date, then the
               Purchaser shall pay to the Seller on the Payment Date, as an
               increase in the Purchase Price for the Purchased Receivable, the
               Discount Reduction Amount for the Purchased Receivable.  (In
               addition, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on the Payment
               Date all amounts, if any, payable by the Seller pursuant to
               CLAUSE 15.1 as a result of the Purchased Receivable being paid
               prior to the Tentative Due Date.)

         (ii)  PAYMENT DATE AFTER TENTATIVE DUE DATE.  If the Purchased
               Receivable is paid after the Tentative Due Date, then the Seller
               shall pay to the Purchaser on the Payment Date, as a reduction of
               the Purchase Price for the Purchased Receivable, an amount equal
               to the interest which would have accrued on the Face Amount of
               the Purchased Receivable from the Tentative Due Date through the
               Payment Date at the Daily Rate in effect from time to time during
               such period.

                                       17


<PAGE>

8.2       PAYMENT DATE AFTER DETERMINATION OF SCHEDULED DUE DATE.  If the Buyer
pays the Purchased Receivable after the Seller and the Buyer agree upon the
Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable, then the Purchaser and the
Seller shall make payments to each other as follows:

          (i)  SCHEDULED DUE DATE PRIOR TO TENTATIVE DUE DATE.   If the
               Scheduled Due Date is prior to the Tentative Due Date and such
               payment is made on a day other than the Tentative Due Date, then
               the Purchaser and the Seller shall make payments to each other as
               provided in CLAUSE 8.1 above in the same manner as though the
               Scheduled Due Date had not been set.

         (ii)  SCHEDULED DUE DATE AFTER TENTATIVE DUE DATE.  If the Scheduled
               Due Date is after the Tentative Due Date and such payment is made
               on a day other than the Scheduled Due Date, then the Purchaser
               and the Seller shall make payments to each other as follows:

               (A)  PAYMENT DATE PRIOR TO SCHEDULED DUE DATE.  If the Purchased
                    Receivable is paid prior to the Scheduled Due Date, then the
                    Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on the Payment Date (in
                    lieu of the amount which otherwise would have been payable
                    by the Seller to the Purchaser on the Scheduled Due Date
                    pursuant to CLAUSE 6.1), as a reduction of the Purchase
                    Price for the Purchased Receivable, the Funded Interest
                    Accrued Amount.  (In addition, the Seller shall pay to the
                    Purchaser on the Payment Date all amounts, if any, payable
                    by the Seller pursuant to CLAUSE 15.1 as a result of the
                    Purchased Receivable being paid prior to the Scheduled Due
                    Date.)

               (B)  PAYMENT DATE AFTER SCHEDULED DUE DATE.  If the Purchased
                    Receivable is paid after the Scheduled Due Date, then the
                    Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on the Payment Date (in
                    addition to the amount which is payable by the Seller to the
                    Purchaser on the Scheduled

                                       18


<PAGE>

                    Due Date pursuant to CLAUSE 6.1), as a reduction of the
                    Purchase Price for the Purchased Receivable, an amount equal
                    to the interest which would have accrued on the Face Amount
                    of the Purchased Receivable from the Scheduled Due Date
                    through the Payment Date at the Daily Rate in effect from
                    time to time during such period.


                                     PART 5

                    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1       As of the date hereof, the Closing Date and each day on which the
Purchased Receivable is outstanding until the Scheduled Due Date has been
determined for the Purchased Receivable and 60 days have passed after the
Scheduled Due Date, the Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser as
follows with respect to the Receivable:

          (i)  The Receivable is an obligation of the Buyer to the Seller which
               arose from the sale by the Seller to the Buyer of Equipment in
               the ordinary course of the Seller's business.

         (ii)  The Receivable is payable in Yen in the Face Amount set forth for
               such Receivable in the Assignment.

        (iii)  The Receivable is not overdue.

         (iv)  The Receivable is a debt, the rights in which can be transferred
               by way of sale and assignment to the Purchaser pursuant to this
               Supplemental Agreement.

          (v)  The Receivable is legally and beneficially owned by the Seller
               or, after the sale to the Purchaser hereunder, by the Purchaser,
               free and clear of any liens, or other encumbrances exercisable
               against the Seller or the Purchaser.

                                       19


<PAGE>

         (vi)  The Receivable is not subject to withholding taxes.

        (vii)  The Receivable was created in compliance with all applicable laws
               and with all required consents, approvals and authorizations.

       (viii)  Subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant Sales
               Agreement, the Receivable constitutes a legal, valid, binding and
               enforceable obligation of the Buyer to pay the full Face Amount
               of the Receivable set forth in the Assignment, subject only to
               applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
               other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally
               and are not subject to any defense, dispute, set-off,
               counterclaim or discount.

         (ix)  The sale and assignment of the Receivable will not violate any
               law or any agreement by which the Seller or any of its assets may
               be bound.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
               sale and assignment of the Receivable does not require the
               consent or approval of the Buyer or any other person.

          (x)  The Seller has, in all material respects, performed all of its
               obligations under and complied with all of the terms of the Sales
               Agreements relating to the Equipment, the sale of which gave rise
               to the Receivable (except for any obligations not required to be
               performed or any terms not required to be complied with prior to
               the effective date of any such representation and warranty).
               Shipment of the Equipment relating to the Receivable occurred on
               the date set forth in the Assignment.

         (xi)  The assignment of the Receivable in the manner herein
               contemplated is effective to pass to the Purchaser full and
               unencumbered title thereto and the benefit thereof and no further
               act, condition


                                       20


<PAGE>

               or thing is required to be done in connection therewith to enable
               the Purchaser to require payment of the Receivable or the
               enforcement of any such right in the courts of the United States
               or Japan, other than (A) the due performance by the Seller of the
               terms and conditions of the relevant Sales Agreement and (B) the
               filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement.

        (xii)  The governing law of the Sales Agreement relating to the
               Receivable is California or Japanese law.

9.2       As of the date hereof, the Closing Date and each day on which the
Purchased Receivable is outstanding until the Scheduled Due Date has been
determined for the Purchased Receivable and 60 days have passed after the
Scheduled Due Date, the Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser that
each of the statements set forth in the FIFTH SCHEDULE is true, by reference to
the facts and circumstances existing at the relevant time.

10.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

10.1      LRC shall, until the date which is 60 days after the Scheduled Due
Date following the determination of the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased
Receivable:

          (i)  within 100 days after the end of each of its financial years,
               deliver to the Purchaser its financial statements for such
               financial year; and

         (ii)  within 55 days after the end of each of its financial quarters,
               deliver to the Purchaser its financial statements for such
               financial quarter.

10.2      LRC shall ensure that:

          (i)  each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
               CLAUSE 10.1(I) is prepared in accordance with accounting
               principles generally accepted in the United States and
               consistently applied (except for changes disclosed therein);

         (ii)  each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
               CLAUSE 10.1(I) has been audited by an

                                       21


<PAGE>

               internationally recognized firm of independent auditors;

        (iii)  each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
               CLAUSE 10.1(I) is accompanied by an unqualified opinion of the
               firm of independent auditors which audited such financial
               statements; and

         (iv)  each set of quarterly financial statements delivered by it
               pursuant to CLAUSE 10.1(II) is prepared in accordance with
               accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and
               consistently applied (except for changes disclosed therein).

11.  SELLER'S COVENANTS

11.1      The Seller shall, until the date which is 60 days after the Scheduled
Due Date following the determination of the Scheduled Due Date for all of the
Purchased Receivable:

          (i)  obtain, comply in all material respects with the terms of and do
               all that is necessary and reasonably practicable to maintain in
               full force and effect all authorizations, approvals, licenses and
               consents required in or by the laws and regulations of the United
               States and Japan to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform
               its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and the
               Assignment from time to time in respect of the Purchased
               Receivable or to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability
               against the Seller or admissibility in evidence in the United
               States and Japan of this Supplemental Agreement or the
               Assignment;

         (ii)  ensure that at all times the claims against it under this
               Supplemental Agreement rank at least pari passu with the claims
               of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are
               preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of
               general application;

                                       22


<PAGE>

        (iii)  permit audit and inspection under its guidance of its Records by
               or on behalf of the Purchaser during normal working hours upon
               reasonable notice and with reasonable frequency;

         (iv)  maintain sufficient operating procedures to manage the
               transactions contemplated herein and to perform its obligations
               hereunder;

          (v)  (without prejudice to CLAUSE 13.1) indemnify the Purchaser from
               and against all liabilities, losses and fees, costs and expenses
               in respect of any breach by the Seller of the representations and
               warranties made by it pursuant to the terms of CLAUSE 9;

         (vi)  furnish to the Purchaser sufficient copies of such other
               information relating to its business as may be reasonably
               requested in writing by the Purchaser in order to enable it to
               carry out its functions hereunder;

        (vii)  do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly
               existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and
               maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in
               Japan;

       (viii)  comply in all respects which could be regarded as material in the
               context of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental
               Agreement, with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs,
               judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be
               subject;

         (ix)  if a promissory note is issued for the payment of the Purchased
               Receivable by the Buyer in favor of the Seller, promptly notify
               the Purchaser thereof and make endorsement without recourse
               (mutanpo uragaki) on such promissory note and deliver, or cause
               to be delivered, such promissory note to or to the order of the
               Purchaser;

          (x)  give the Purchaser notice of any material change to its
               administrative and operating procedures in


                                       23


<PAGE>

               relation to the keeping and maintaining of Records;

         (xi)  at its expense, in a timely manner fully perform and comply with
               all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be
               observed by it under the Sales Agreements related to the
               Purchased Receivable as if interests in the Purchased Receivable
               had not been assigned and sold hereunder;

        (xii)  promptly after it becomes aware of the occurrence of any
               Termination Event or Potential Termination Event, notify the
               Purchaser thereof;

       (xiii)  promptly after it becomes aware of the Acceptance or Partial
               Acceptance of any Equipment, the Revised Face Amount of the
               Purchased Receivable or the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased
               Receivable, notify the Purchaser thereof;

        (xiv)  promptly after it becomes aware of any event or condition
               relating to the Purchased Receivable set forth in CLAUSE 14.1,
               notify the Purchaser thereof; and

         (xv)  cooperate with the Purchaser and execute and deliver to the
               Purchaser such other instruments and documents and take such
               other actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time in
               order to carry out, evidence and confirm the Purchaser's rights
               and the intended purpose of this Supplemental Agreement,
               including, but not limited to, perfecting, protecting or
               evidencing the Purchaser's right and interest in or to the
               Purchased Receivable.

11.2      The Seller shall not, until the date which is 60 days after the
Scheduled Due Date following the determination of the Scheduled Due Date:

          (i)  sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the
               Purchased Receivable other than

                                       24


<PAGE>

               pursuant hereto, or attempt, purport or agree to do any of the
               foregoing;

         (ii)  cancel, terminate, amend, modify or waive any material term or
               condition of any Sales Agreement relating to Purchased
               Receivable, except insofar as the provisions contained in CLAUSES
               7, 13 AND 14 are complied with by the Seller;

        (iii)  compromise or settle any dispute or claim in respect of the
               Purchased Receivable;

         (iv)  take any action which is reasonably likely to prejudice the
               validity or recoverability of the Purchased Receivable;

          (v)  seek to challenge the validity of any sale of Receivable in any
               legal proceedings; or

         (vi)  do anything which would materially and adversely affect the
               interests of the Purchaser hereunder or the maintenance by the
               Purchaser of any licenses, exemptions, authorizations or consents
               necessary in connection with this Supplemental Agreement or the
               transactions contemplated hereby.

11.3      To assure the Purchaser of its ability to perform its obligations
under this Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, LRC
agrees that, until the date which is 60 days after the Scheduled Due Date
following the determination of the Scheduled Due Date, it also shall:


          (i)  maintain, at all times, a ratio of Quick Assets to Current
               Liabilities of at least 1.25 to 1.00;

         (ii)  maintain, at all times, Tangible Net Worth of not less than
               $250,000,000; and

        (iii)  maintain, at all times, a ratio of Total Debt LESS Subordinated
               Debt to Capital of no more than 0.50 to 1.00.

12.  PURCHASER'S COVENANTS

                                       25


<PAGE>

12.1      The Purchaser shall obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that
is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations, approvals,
licenses and consents required in or by the laws and regulations of the United
States and Japan to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations
under this Supplemental Agreement or to ensure the legality, validity,
enforceability or admissibility in evidence in the United States and Japan of
this Supplemental Agreement or of the Assignment pursuant to the terms of this
Supplemental Agreement.

13.  SELLER'S INDEMNITY

13.1      Without limiting any other rights which the Purchaser may have
hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify the
Purchaser and its officers, directors, agents and employees from and against any
and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses, including,
without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements including any
tax thereon (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as "INDEMNIFIED
AMOUNTS") awarded against or incurred by any of them in connection with this
Supplemental Agreement, or the acquisition of an interest by the Purchaser in
the Purchased Receivable, as a result of any breach by the Seller of any
representation, warranty or covenant made or deemed to be made hereunder or in
connection herewith or the transactions contemplated hereby, excluding, however,
Indemnified Amounts to the extent that a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction holds that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Purchaser.  Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing (and without prejudice to CLAUSE 14), the Seller
shall indemnify, to the extent not indemnified as a result of the operation of
CLAUSE 14.4, the Purchaser for Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting
from:

          (i)  the sale and assignment to the Purchaser hereunder of any
               Receivable for which any representation and warranty set forth in
               CLAUSE 9.1 is incorrect;

         (ii)  reliance on any representation or warranty made by the Seller or
               any officer of the Seller under or in connection with this
               Supplemental Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents
               or any

                                       26


<PAGE>

               other material information or report delivered by the Seller or
               any officer of the Seller which shall have been false, incorrect
               or omitting of any material fact at the time made or deemed made;

        (iii)  the failure by the Seller or any officer of the Seller to comply
               with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the
               Purchased Receivable or the related Sales Agreement or the
               non-conformity of the Purchased Receivable or the related Sales
               Agreement with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

         (iv)  the failure to vest and maintain in the Purchaser the Purchased
               Receivable free and clear of any encumbrance;

          (v)  any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the Buyer to the payment
               of the Purchased Receivable, including, without limitation, a
               defense based on such Receivable or the related Sales Agreement
               not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Buyer
               enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, any defect
               in the Equipment which has been sold under the Sales Agreement or
               the failure by the Seller to perform any obligations related to
               such related Sales Agreement under any applicable laws, rules or
               regulations;

         (vi)  any failure of the Seller or LRC to perform its duties or
               obligations in accordance with the provisions of this
               Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

        (vii)  any disclosure of information regarding the Buyer by the Seller
               to the Purchaser or the supply of any Sales Agreements, Records
               and all other related documents to the Purchaser; and

       (viii)  any claim arising from collection activities conducted by the
               Seller.


                                     PART 6

                                       27


<PAGE>

                            REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLE

14.       REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLE

14.1      The Seller shall, upon the request of the Purchaser, repurchase the
Purchased Receivable if any of the following events or conditions relating to
the Purchased Receivable shall occur or exist:

          (i)  the obligation of the Buyer to pay the Face Amount or, if
               applicable, the Revised Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable
               or any other obligation of the Buyer under the related Sales
               Agreement is, or the Buyer claims that such obligation is, not
               enforceable in full by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms
               of the related Sales Agreement for any reason whatsoever,
               including, but not limited to, any asserted defense of the Buyer
               to such obligation;

         (ii)  any representation or warranty set forth in the Assignment or in
               CLAUSE 9.1 is incorrect with respect to the Purchased Receivable;

        (iii)  the Seller fails, or the Buyer claims that the Seller has failed,
               to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with
               respect to the Purchased Receivable or the related Sales
               Agreement or Equipment;

         (iv)  the Seller fails or is unable, or the Buyer claims that the
               Seller has failed or is unable, to perform any of its obligations
               under the related Sales Agreement for the Purchased Receivable;

          (v)  the Seller fails to perform any of its obligations under this
               Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment or any of the other
               Transactions Documents with respect to the Purchased Receivable;

         (vi)  without limiting the scope of any of the foregoing, either (A)
               the Seller and the Buyer determine at any time that Acceptance or
               Partial

                                      28

<PAGE>

               Acceptance of the Equipment relating to the Purchased
               Receivable will not occur on or before the date which is 270
               days after the date of Shipment of such Equipment or (B) the
               Acceptance or Partial Acceptance of the Equipment relating to
               the Purchased Receivable does not occur on or before the date
               which is 270 days after the date of Shipment of such Equipment;

        (vii)  without limiting the scope of any of the foregoing, either (A)
               the Seller and the Buyer fail to agree upon the Scheduled Due
               Date for the Purchased Receivable prior to the Tentative
               Acceptance Date or (B) the Seller and the Buyer agree upon a
               Scheduled Due Date which is more than 225 days after the date of
               Acceptance or Partial Acceptance of the Equipment relating to the
               Purchased Receivable; or

       (viii)  without limiting the scope of any of the foregoing, the Buyer
               fails for any reason to pay the full Face Amount, or, if
               applicable, the Revised Face Value, of the Purchased Receivable
               on or before the date which is 60 days after the Scheduled Due
               Date for the Purchased Receivable.

14.2      Completion of any repurchase contemplated by CLAUSE 14.1 shall take
place on a business day (the "REPURCHASE DATE") which is not more than five
business days after the date the Purchaser delivers to the Seller a written
request for such repurchase pursuant to CLAUSE 14.1, whereupon:

          (i)  The Seller shall pay to the Purchaser the Repurchase Price
               (calculated as provided in CLAUSE 14.3) for the Purchased
               Receivable to be repurchased;

         (ii)  the Purchaser shall re-assign to the Seller or its designee the
               Purchased Receivable (at the cost of the Seller and without
               recourse or warranty, except for the warranty expressly given in
               the assignment, on the part of the Purchaser), by the Purchaser
               and the Seller executing and delivering to the other an
               assignment for the Purchased

                                       29


<PAGE>

               Receivable substantially in the form of PART 2 OF THE THIRD
               SCHEDULE;

        (iii)  the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller (or its designee) the
               relevant Sales Agreement to the Seller (or its designee); and

         (iv)  if a promissory note has been issued by the Buyer in favor of the
               Seller for the payment of any of the Receivable and such
               promissory note has been endorsed and delivered to the Purchaser,
               the Purchaser shall make endorsement without recourse (mutanpo
               uragaki) on such promissory note in favor of the Seller and
               deliver such promissory note to or to the order of the Seller;
               and

          (v)  take all such other steps and comply with all such other
               formalities as the Seller may reasonably request to perfect or
               more fully to evidence or secure the Seller's (or its designee's)
               title to the Purchased Receivable, including, where appropriate,
               by giving notice of such reassignment to the Buyer.

14.3      The consideration payable by the Seller for the repurchase of the
Purchased Receivable which is to be repurchased pursuant to CLAUSE 14.1 shall be
an amount in Yen (the "REPURCHASE PRICE") determined as follows:

          (i)  If the Repurchase Date occurs PRIOR to the Tentative Due Date for
               the Purchased Receivable, whether or not the Scheduled Due Date
               for the Purchased Receivable has been set, then the Seller shall
               pay a Repurchase Price equal to the sum of (A) the Purchase Price
               for the Purchased Receivable plus (B) the product of (1) the
               Discount Amount for the Purchased Receivable times (2) a fraction
               (expressed as a percentage rounded up to the nearest one
               thousandth of one percent), the numerator of which is the number
               of days in the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending
               on the Repurchase Date and the denominator of which is the number
               of days in the Discount Period.

                                       30


<PAGE>

         (ii)  If the Scheduled Due Date HAS NOT been set PRIOR to the
               Repurchase Date and the Repurchase Date occurs AFTER the
               Tentative Due Date for the Purchased Receivable, then the Seller
               shall pay a Repurchase Price equal to the sum of (A) the Face
               Amount of the Purchased Receivable plus (B) an amount equal to
               the interest which would have accrued on such Face Amount from
               the Tentative Due Date through the Repurchase Date at the Daily
               Rate in effect from time to time during such period.

        (iii)  If the Scheduled Due Date HAS been set PRIOR to the Repurchase
               Date and the Repurchase Date occurs AFTER the Tentative Due Date
               but BEFORE the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable,
               then the Seller shall pay a Repurchase Price equal to the sum of
               (A) the Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable plus (B) the
               Funded Interest Accrued Amount.

         (iv)  If the Scheduled Due Date HAS been set PRIOR to the Repurchase
               Date and the Repurchase Date occurs AFTER the Tentative Due Date
               and AFTER the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable,
               then the Seller shall pay a Repurchase Price equal to the sum of
               (A) the Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable, plus (B) the
               Funded Interest Amount for the Purchased Receivable plus (C) an
               amount equal to the interest which would have accrued on the Face
               Amount from the Scheduled Due Date through the Repurchase Date at
               the Daily Rate in effect from time to time during such period.

In addition to the Repurchase Price payable by the Seller to the Purchaser on
any Repurchase Date in connection with the repurchase of any purchased
Receivable hereunder, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser on such Repurchase
Date all amounts, if any, payable by the Seller pursuant to CLAUSE 15.1 as a
result of such repurchase.


                                     PART 7

                                       31


<PAGE>

                          INDEMNITY FOR FUNDING LOSSES

15.  INDEMNITY BY THE SELLER FOR FUNDING LOSSES

15.1      In addition to other amounts payable by the Seller hereunder, the
Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser on demand for any resulting loss or expense
incurred by it, including (without limitation) any loss incurred in obtaining,
liquidating or redeploying deposits from third parties, PROVIDED THAT the
Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller a certificate as to the amount of
such loss or expense setting out in reasonable detail the calculations resulting
in such amount, which certificate shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error, if:

          (i)  the Purchased Receivable is paid or repurchased prior to the
               Tentative Due Date for the Purchased Receivable, whether or not
               the Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable has been set;

         (ii)  the Purchased Receivable is paid or repurchased prior the
               Scheduled Due Date for the Purchased Receivable, if the Scheduled
               Due Date for the Purchased Receivable has been set; or

        (iii)  the Seller fails to sell any of the Receivable to the Purchaser
               on the Closing Date (or on any date designated by the Seller as
               the Closing Date) in accordance with CLAUSE 5.1 or the
               Assignment, whether by reason of non-fulfillment of any of the
               conditions set out in the SECOND SCHEDULE or otherwise.


                                     PART 8

                            COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLE

16.       APPOINTMENT OF COLLECTION AGENT

16.1      Lam Research Co., Ltd. is hereby appointed by the Purchaser as its
agent to service, collect and administer all Purchased Receivable, to perform
all related functions and to enforce the Purchaser's rights and interests in and
under the

                                       32


<PAGE>

Purchased Receivable, and Lam Research Co., Ltd. hereby accepts such appointment
as Collection Agent on the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Supplemental Agreement.

16.2      The Purchaser may at any time after the occurrence of a Termination
Event as provided in CLAUSE 19, remove Lam Research Co., Ltd. as Collection
Agent.

16.3      Upon Lam Research Co., Ltd. being removed as Collection Agent pursuant
to CLAUSE 19, the Purchaser may appoint a successor to act as Collection Agent
and shall forthwith notify the other parties hereto thereof, whereupon the
parties hereto and such successor shall, upon such successor confirming in
writing to the Purchaser that it agrees so to act, thereafter have the same
rights and obligations among them as would have been the case had they then
entered into an agreement in the form mutatis mutandis of this Supplemental
Agreement.

16.4      For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby agreed that the Collection
Agent is not authorized to enter into any commitment on behalf of the Purchaser.

16.5      The Collection Agent hereby covenants and undertakes with the
Purchaser as set out in the SIXTH SCHEDULE.

16.6      The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Purchaser, including its
officers, directors and employees from and against any liability, loss, expense,
action, proceeding or claim which may be brought against, or suffered or
sustained, by the Purchaser, and/or such directors, officers and employees by
reason of any wrongful or negligent acts or omissions of the Collection Agent or
any of its directors, officers, employees or agents in the performance of its
duties hereunder.

17.       COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLE

17.1      Save as otherwise provided herein, the proceeds of the Purchased
Receivable will, when paid, be collected by the Collection Agent.

17.2      The Collection Agent shall cause the Buyer to make payment in respect
of the Purchased Receivable into an account of the Collection Agent in Tokyo
(or, if a Termination Event has occurred and the Purchaser so directs, into an
account of the

                                       33


<PAGE>

Purchaser in Tokyo), PROVIDED THAT, if a promissory note has been issued for the
payment of a Purchased Receivable by the Buyer in favor of the Seller and
delivered to or to the order of the Purchaser in accordance herewith, the
Purchaser may collect on its behalf the amount represented by such promissory
note.

17.3      The Collection Agent shall, as soon as practically possible, pay any
Collection collected by the Collection Agent with respect to a Purchased
Receivable over to the Purchaser in accordance with PART 9.

17.4      If, at any time the Collection Agent receives any Collections in
respect of the Purchased Receivable and the authority of the Collection Agent to
collect such Receivable has been terminated in accordance with this Supplemental
Agreement, then the Collection Agent shall pay such amount to the credit of such
account in Tokyo as the Purchaser may specify, in each case for value the same
day.

17.5      Any amounts in respect of the collection proceeds of the Purchased
Receivable received by the Collection Agent (whether or not the appointment of
the Collection Agent has been terminated hereunder) shall be held by the
Collection Agent in trust for the benefit of the Purchaser.

                                       34


<PAGE>

18.       COST, EXPENSES AND REMUNERATION

18.1      The Purchaser authorizes the Collection Agent on its behalf, and the
Collection Agent undertakes to incur reasonable costs, expenses and charges in
connection with the enforcement of the Purchased Receivable and/or the
Purchaser's rights and remedies in relation thereto, and it is agreed that
notwithstanding any provisions under any applicable laws, rules or regulations,
the Collection Agent shall have no recourse or claim for indemnification or
payment against the Purchaser in respect of such reasonable costs, expenses and
charges.

18.2      The Collection Agent is not entitled to any remuneration or indemnity
in respect of the performance of its duties under this Supplemental Agreement.

19.       REMOVAL OR TERMINATION OF COLLECTION AGENT

19.1      If a Termination Event occurs, the Purchaser may at any time, without
prejudice to the Purchaser's other rights:

          (i)  by notice in writing to the Collection Agent terminate the
               appointment of the Collection Agent under this Supplemental
               Agreement and designate as a successor collection agent any
               person to succeed the Collection Agent; and/or

         (ii)  notify the Buyer that all payments in respect of Purchased
               Receivable shall be made to the Purchaser or a successor
               collection agent.

19.2      On and after termination of the appointment of the Collection Agent
under this Supplemental Agreement pursuant to CLAUSE 19.1, all rights,
obligations (other than liability for breaches of this Supplemental Agreement by
the Collection Agent or liability in tort or for breach of trust (or other
fiduciary duty) on the part of the Collection Agent prior to such termination
and the Collection Agent's obligations under CLAUSE 19.3 with respect to the
performance of its duties hereunder), authority and power of the Collection
Agent under this Supplemental Agreement shall be terminated and of no further
effect and the Collection Agent shall not hold itself out in any way as the
agent of the Purchaser.

                                       35


<PAGE>

19.3      Upon termination of the appointment of the Collection Agent under this
Supplemental Agreement pursuant to CLAUSE 19.1, the Collection Agent shall
forthwith deliver to the Purchaser or as it shall direct the Records in its
possession or under its control relating to the affairs of or belonging to the
Purchaser and the Purchased Receivable and any other security therefor and any
moneys then held by the Collection Agent on behalf of the Purchaser and shall
take such action as the Purchaser may reasonably direct.

19.4      The appointment of the Collection Agent under this Supplemental
Agreement shall terminate (but without affecting any accrued rights and
liabilities hereunder) at such time as (i) the Purchaser has no further interest
in any of the Purchased Receivable and (ii) the Collection Agent is notified by
the Purchaser in accordance with CLAUSE 31 that such is the case.

19.5      If there is any change in the identity of the Collection Agent in
accordance with this Supplemental Agreement, the new Collection Agent, the
retiring Collection Agent and the Purchaser shall execute such documents and
take such actions as such new Collection Agent and the Purchaser may require for
the purpose of vesting in such new Collection Agent the rights and obligations
of the Collection Agent under this Supplemental Agreement and releasing the
retiring Collection Agent from its future obligations under this Supplemental
Agreement.


                                     PART 9

                                    PAYMENTS

20.  CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT

20.1      Yen is the currency of account and payment for each and every sum at
any time due from any person hereunder, PROVIDED THAT:

          (i)  each payment in respect of costs and expenses shall be made in
               the currency in which the same were incurred; and

                                       36


<PAGE>

         (ii)  each payment which is expressed herein to be payable in another
               currency shall be made in that other currency.

20.2      If any sum due from a person (a "relevant person") under this
Supplemental Agreement or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto
has to be converted from the currency (the "first currency") in which the same
is payable hereunder or under such order or judgment into another currency (the
"second currency") for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof
against the relevant person, (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or
other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in
relation hereto, the relevant person shall indemnify and hold harmless the other
person to whom such sum is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of
any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to
convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and
(b) the best rate or rates of exchange at which such other person is reasonably
able to purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a
sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order,
judgment, claim or proof.  To the extent that the person to whom such payment is
due receives an amount in excess of the amount due to it under this Supplemental
Agreement, such person shall forthwith pay an amount equal to any such excess to
the relevant person.

20.3      All payments made by any person hereunder shall be made free and clear
of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

21.  PAYMENTS BY THE SELLER OR THE COLLECTION AGENT

21.1      On each date upon which this Supplemental Agreement requires an amount
to be paid by the Seller or the Collection Agent to the Purchaser hereunder, the
Seller or the Collection Agent (as the case may be) shall, save as expressly
provided otherwise herein, make the same available to the Purchaser:

          (i)  where such amount is denominated in Yen, by payment in Yen and in
               immediately available funds to such account and bank in Tokyo as
               the Purchaser shall have specified in writing for this purpose

                                       37


<PAGE>

               at least two business days prior to such amount becoming payable;
               or

         (ii)  where such amount is denominated in a currency other than Yen, by
               payment in such currency and in immediately available, freely
               transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in the
               principal financial currency as the Purchaser shall have
               specified in writing for this purpose.

22.  PAYMENTS BY THE PURCHASER

22.1      On each date upon which this Supplemental Agreement requires an amount
to be paid to the Seller hereunder by the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall, save
as otherwise provided herein, make the same available to the Seller:

          (i)  where such amount is denominated in Yen, by payment in Yen and in
               immediately available funds to the Seller at such account and
               bank as the Seller shall have specified in writing for this
               purpose; or

         (ii)  where such amount is denominated in a currency other than Yen, by
               payment in such currency and in immediately available, freely
               transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in the
               principal financial centre of the country of such currency as the
               Seller shall have specified in writing for this purpose.

                                       38


<PAGE>

                                     PART 10

                                      TAXES

23.  TAXES

23.1      All payments to be made by or on behalf of the Seller or the
Collection Agent to the Purchaser under or pursuant to any of the provisions of
this Supplemental Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without
deduction for or on account of tax unless the Seller or the Collection Agent (as
the case may be) is required by any applicable law to make such payment subject
to the deduction or withholding of tax in which case the sum payable by the
Seller or the Collection Agent (as the case may be) in respect of which such
deduction or withholding is required to be made shall be increased to the extent
necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding
(including any additional deduction or withholding on such increased amount),
the Purchaser receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any
such deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have
received and so retained had no such deduction or withholding been made or
required to be made.

23.2      If the Seller or the Collection Agent makes any payment to the
Purchaser under or pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement in respect of which
it is required to make any such deduction or withholding, the Seller or the
Collection Agent (as the case may be) shall deliver to the Purchaser as soon as
practicable a certificate of deduction of tax and/or a receipt or other evidence
issued by the relevant taxation or other authority demonstrating the payment to
such authority of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld.

23.3      If an event occurs which would result in the Seller or the Collection
Agent becoming obliged to make any payment pursuant to this CLAUSE 23, then each
of the parties hereto shall in good faith use reasonable endeavors to take such
reasonable steps as may be open to it to mitigate or avoid the effects of such
event, PROVIDED THAT nothing in this CLAUSE 23.3 shall:

          (i)  oblige any party hereto to incur any costs or expenses or to take
               or refrain from taking any action where in the reasonable opinion
               of such

                                       39


<PAGE>

               party to take or refrain from taking any action would be
               prejudicial to its interests; or

         (ii)  oblige any party hereto to disclose any confidential information
               relating to the organization of its affairs; or

        (iii)  interfere with the right of any party hereto to arrange its
               internal affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit.


                                     PART 11

                                   TERMINATION

24.  CONSEQUENCE OF A TERMINATION EVENT

24.1      Upon the occurrence of any Termination Event, other than the breach of
CLAUSE 11.3 or the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in relation to the Seller,
the Purchaser may, by notice to the Seller:

          (i)  terminate the obligation of the Purchaser to purchase any
               Receivable;

         (ii)  require the Seller to repurchase immediately the Purchased
               Receivable if the Scheduled Due Date has not been determined, in
               which event the provisions contained in CLAUSES 14.2 TO 14.4
               shall be applied MUTATIS MUTANDIS; and/or

        (iii)  exercise any and all other rights available to the Purchaser
               under this Supplemental Agreement or any of the other Transaction
               Documents or at law or in equity.

24.2      Upon the occurrence of any Insolvency Event in relation to the Seller,
automatically and without any notice to the Seller:

          (i)  the obligation of the Purchaser to purchase any Receivable shall
               terminate;

                                       40


<PAGE>

         (ii)  the Seller shall repurchase immediately the Purchased Receivable
               if the Scheduled Due Date has not been determined, in which event
               the provisions contained in CLAUSES 14.2 TO 14.4 shall be applied
               MUTATIS MUTANDIS; and/or

        (iii)  the Purchaser may exercise any and all other rights available to
               the Purchaser under this Supplemental Agreement or any of the
               other Transaction Documents or at law or in equity.

24.3      Upon the breach of CLAUSE 11.3, the Seller shall, upon the request of
the Purchaser, deliver to the Purchaser either (i) funds in an amount equal to
the Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable or (ii) a standby letter of credit
with a stated amount equal to the Face Amount of the Purchased Receivable.

          (i)  The Purchaser shall hold any funds delivered to it pursuant to
               clause (i) of the first sentence of this CLAUSE 24.3 in an
               interest bearing account in the name of the Seller as security
               for the performance by the Seller of its obligations under this
               Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.  The
               Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser, as security for such
               obligations, a security interest in such funds and such account
               and agrees to perform such other actions as the Purchaser may
               request to establish, perfect, maintain and protect such security
               interest prior to the rights of others in such funds and such
               account.

         (ii)  Any standby letter of credit delivered to the Purchaser pursuant
               to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this CLAUSE 24.3 shall be
               in a form and substance and issued by a bank acceptable to the
               Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall have the right to draw under any
               such letter of credit for any amounts payable to the Purchaser
               hereunder which are not paid to the Purchaser when due.

                                       41


<PAGE>

Upon the payment or repurchase of the Purchased Receivable and the satisfaction
by the Seller of all its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents, the Purchaser shall (A) deliver to the Seller the
funds, if any, remaining in any account established pursuant to clause (i) above
or (B) return to the Seller any letter of credit delivered to the Purchaser
pursuant to clause (ii) above, if any amounts remain available for drawing
thereunder.


                                     PART 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

25.  DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

25.1      If any sum due and payable by or on behalf of a party hereto (the
"Payer") to the other party (the "Payee") hereunder is not paid on the due date
therefor in accordance with the provisions hereof or if any sum due and payable
by the Payer under any judgment of any court in connection herewith is not paid
on the date of such judgment (the balance of such sum for the time being unpaid
being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum"), an unpaid sum shall bear interest
at the rate PER ANNUM which is equal to the Daily Rate plus two percent (2%),
such rate to change from time to time as the Daily Rate changes, for the period
beginning on, and including, such due date or, as the case may be, the date of
such judgment and ending on, but excluding, the date upon which the obligation
of the Payer to pay such sum is discharged (calculated on the basis of a year of
360 days).  Such default interest shall be payable upon demand of the Payee.

25.2      Each of the Seller and the Collection Agent undertakes to indemnify
the Purchaser against any loss or expense, including legal fees reasonably
incurred, which the Purchaser may sustain or incur as a consequence of any
default by the Seller or the Collection Agent (as the case may be) in the
performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this
Supplemental Agreement.

26.  FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES AND STAMP DUTY

                                       42


<PAGE>

26.1      The Seller shall, from time to time upon demand of the Purchaser
reimburse the Purchaser for all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal
fees) incurred by it in or in connection with the negotiation, preparation and
execution of this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other
Transaction Documents or any amendment thereto or any waiver thereof.

26.2      The Seller or the Collection Agent will, upon demand, pay to the
Purchaser and any permitted assignee in accordance with this Supplemental
Agreement, the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including all court
costs and attorneys' fees and expenses, which the Purchaser and any permitted
assignee may incur in connection with the exercise or enforcement against the
Seller or the Collection Agent of any of their respective rights or interests
under this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment or any other Transaction
Document or any amendment thereto or any waiver thereof.

26.3      The Seller shall be responsible for all stamp duties, registration
fees and taxes to which this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment, any other
Transaction Document, any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or any
order or judgment given in connection herewith or therewith are or at any time
may be subject.

27.  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT

27.1      This Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto
and its successors and permitted assigns.

27.2      The Seller and the Collection Agent shall not be entitled to assign or
transfer all or any of their rights, benefits and obligations under this
Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment or any other Transaction Document.

27.3      The Purchaser shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of
its rights, benefits and obligations under this Supplemental Agreement, the
Assignment and the other Transaction Documents with the consent of the Seller,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                                       43


<PAGE>

28.  REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

28.1      No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of
any party hereto, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent
any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or
remedy.

28.2      The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

29.  PARTIAL INVALIDITY

     Without prejudice to any other provision hereof, if one or more provisions
hereof is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any
jurisdiction or with respect to such party or parties, it shall not, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, render invalid, illegal or
unenforceable other provisions hereof or such provision or provisions in any
other jurisdiction or with respect to any other party or parties hereto.

30.  COUNTERPARTS

     This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together
shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

31.  NOTICES

31.1      Unless otherwise stated herein, each communication to be made
hereunder shall be made in writing and may be made by telex, telefax or letter.

31.2      Any communication or document to be made or delivered by any one
person to another pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement shall (unless that
other person has by fifteen days' written notice to the other parties hereto
specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the
address or the number identified with its signature below and shall be deemed to
have been made or delivered when received by that other

                                       44

<PAGE>

person Provided that each communication made by one party hereto to another
shall be made to that other person at such other address or number as notified
to such party by that other person from time to time.

31.3      Each communication and document made or delivered by one person to
another person pursuant hereto shall be in the English language or in Japanese
accompanied by a translation thereof into English certified (by an officer of
the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate
translation thereof.

32.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS

32.1      This Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents set
forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter
hereof, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written
or oral.

32.2      This Supplemental Agreement is a supplement to and a part of the
Existing Receivables Agreement.

                                     PART 13

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

33.  GOVERNING LAW

     This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

34.  JURISDICTION

34.1      Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts of the
State of California and the courts of the United States of America for the
Northern District of California shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine
any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out
of or in connection with this Supplemental Agreement and, for such purposes,
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

34.2      Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter have to the courts

                                       45


<PAGE>

referred to in CLAUSE 34.1 being nominated as the forums to hear and determine
any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out
of or in connection with this Supplemental Agreement and agrees not to claim
that such courts are not convenient or appropriate forums.

34.3      The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in CLAUSE
34.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of any
party hereto to take proceedings against the other party in any other court of
competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more
jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction
(whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law.

34.4      Each of the parties hereto hereby consents generally in respect of any
legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this
Supplemental Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process
in connection with such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the
making, enforcement or execution against any party whatsoever (irrespective of
its use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in
such action or proceeding.

                     [The next page is the signature page.]

                                       46


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement
to be executed on the day and year first before written.

                              LRC

                              LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                              Address: 47300 Bayside Parkway
                                       Fremont, CA 94538
                              Attn:    Yuko Hashimoto
                              Fax:     (510) 659-6454
                              Tel:     (510) 438-4887


                              ABN CAYMAN

                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                              CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                              Address: c/o San Francisco
                             International Branch
                                       101 California Street
                                       Suite 4550
                                       San Francisco, CA 94111
                              Attn:    Robert N. Hartinger/
                                       Gloria Lee
                              Fax:     (415) 362-3524
                              Tel:     (415) 984-3710

                                       47


<PAGE>

                              THE SELLER AND THE COLLECTION AGENT

                              LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                              Address:  1-1-10, Oyama,
                                        Sagamihara-shi,
                                        Kanagawa

                              Attn:
                                        -------------------
                              Fax:
                                        -------------------
                              Tel:
                                        -------------------


                              THE PURCHASER

                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                              TOKYO BRANCH


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------
                              Address:  Shiroyama JT Mori Building, 3-1
                                        4-chome
                                        Toranomon
                                        Minato-ku
                                        Tokyo
                              Attn:     Takamaso Marito
                              Fax:
                                        ------------------
                              Tel:
                                        ------------------


                                       49


<PAGE>

                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

                            DESCRIPTION OF RECEIVABLE


     Describe Receivable by:

               (i)  Face Amount;

              (ii)  Description of Equipment sold;

             (iii)  Date of Purchase Order from the Buyer;

              (iv)  Date of Shipment to the Buyer;

               (v)  Name of End-User of the Equipment;

              (vi)  Whether a promissory note has been or is expected to be
                    issued by the Buyer and, if issued, the date, principal
                    amount and maturity date thereof.

                                       1-1


<PAGE>

                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

1.   The receipt by the Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date, each in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, of:

     (a)  a copy, certified as of the Closing Date as a true copy by a duly
     authorized officer of the Seller, of the resolutions of the Seller's board
     of directors approving:

          (i)  the outright transfer of all the Seller's right, title
          and interest in and to the Receivable; and

          (ii) the execution and delivery on behalf of the Seller of
          this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and all other
          Transaction Documents to which the Seller is to be a
          signatory;

     (b)  a copy, certified as of the Closing Date as a true copy by a duly
     authorized officer of the Seller, of the Articles of Incorporation and
     bylaws of the Seller;

     (c)  a certified copy, as of the date which is as close as practically
     possible to the Closing Date, of a commercial registry of the Seller;

     (d)  an incumbency certificate, certified as of the Closing Date by a duly
     authorized officer of the Seller, setting forth the name(s), title(s) and
     specimen signature(s) of individual(s) authorized to execute and deliver on
     behalf of the Seller this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and all
     other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is to be a signatory;

     (e)  the Guaranty, duly executed by LRC;

     (f)  a copy, certified as of the Closing Date as a true copy by a duly
     authorized officer of LRC, of the resolutions of LRC's board of directors
     approving the execution and delivery on behalf of LRC of this Supplemental
     Agreement,

                                     2-1


<PAGE>

     the Guaranty and all other Transaction Documents to which LRC is to be a
     signatory;

     (g)  a copy, certified as of the Closing Date as a true copy by a duly
     authorized officer of LRC, of the Articles of Incorporation and bylaws of
     LRC;

     (h)  good standing certificates from California and Delaware, as of dates
     which are as close as practicably possible to the Closing Date, for LRC;

     (i)  an incumbency certificate, certified as of the Closing Date by a duly
     authorized officer of LRC, setting forth the name(s), title(s) and specimen
     signature(s) of individual(s) authorized to execute and deliver on behalf
     of LRC this Supplemental Agreement, the Guaranty and all other Transaction
     Documents to which LRC is to be a signatory;

     (j)  the Assignment, appropriately completed and duly executed by the
     Seller and the Purchaser;

     (k)  the Purchase Orders, invoices, and other written documents,
     instruments and agreements constituting the Sales Agreements and Records
     relating to the Receivable and the related Equipment;

     (l)  the original of any note or other instrument evidencing the Purchased
     Receivable, duly endorsed by the Seller to the Purchaser;

     (m)  the Perfection Document(s) for the assignment of the Receivable, duly
     executed by the Seller;

     (n)  Such other documents, instruments and agreements as the Purchaser may
     request to establish and perfect the interests granted to the Purchaser in
     this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction
     Documents;

     (o)  such financial statements and other financial information for LRC as
     the Purchaser may reasonably request;

     (p)  an opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchaser,
     from Jan Kang, counsel to LRC, in a form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Purchaser; and

                                       2-2


<PAGE>

     (q)  such other instruments, agreements, certificates, opinions and other
     documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

2.   The representations and warranties set forth in CLAUSE 9.1 and in the FIFTH
SCHEDULE shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date by reference to
the facts and circumstances then existing.

3.   Neither a Termination Event nor a Potential Termination Event shall have
occurred and remain unremedied on the Closing Date.

4.   No event which could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Seller shall
have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date.

                                       2-3


<PAGE>

                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

          PART 1 - FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF THE RECEIVABLE

THIS ASSIGNMENT made on ________, 1995 BY:

(1)  LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.(the "Seller")

IN FAVOR OF:

(2)  ABN AMRO BANK N.V., Tokyo Branch (the "Purchaser")

WITNESSES as follows:

1.   Interpretation

1.1  In this Assignment "Purchase Agreement" means the Supplemental Receivables
     Purchase Agreement dated as of June 28, 1995 among (1) LRC, (2) ABN Cayman,
     (3) the Seller, in its capacity as the Seller, (4) the Purchaser and (5)
     the Seller, in its capacity as the Collection Agent.

1.2  Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement have the same meaning in this
     Assignment.

1.3  Headings in this Assignment are for ease of reference only.

2.   Transfer

2.1  Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the
     Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Purchaser
     (by way of outright assignment and not merely by way of security) all of
     the Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Receivable (the
     "Assigned Receivable") described in Exhibit A hereto, to all Collections
     thereof and to the Related Security relating thereto and all proceeds
     thereof.

2.2  The Tentative Acceptance Date, the Tentative Credit Period, the Tentative
     Due Date, the Discount Rate and the Purchase Price for the Assigned
     Receivable shall be as set forth under the description of such Assigned
     Receivable in Exhibit A.

                                     3(1)-1


<PAGE>

2.3  In accordance with Clause 4.1 of the Purchase Agreement, the aggregate
     Purchase Price for the Assigned Receivable shall be Y ______________.

3.   Representations and Warranties

     The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date
     hereof in the terms set out in Clause 9 of the Purchase Agreement by
     reference to the facts and circumstances currently existing.

4.   Governing Law and Jurisdiction

4.1  This Assignment is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,
     the laws of the State of California.

4.2  Both of the parties hereto agree that the courts of the State of California
     and the courts of the United States of America for the Northern District of
     California shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action
     or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
     connection with this Assignment and, for such purpose, irrevocably submits
     to the jurisdiction of such courts.

4.3  Both of the parties hereto irrevocably waive any objection which they might
     now or hereafter have to the courts referred to in Clause 4.2 being
     nominated as the forums to hear and determine any suit, action or
     proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
     connection with this Assignment and agree not to claim that such courts are
     not convenient or appropriate forums.

4.4  The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in a Clause
     4.2 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of
     either of the Seller or the Purchaser to take proceedings against the other
     in any other court of competent jurisdiction or shall the taking of
     proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of
     proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and
     to the extent permitted by applicable law.

4.5  Each of the Seller and the Purchaser hereby consents generally in respect
     of any legal action or proceeding

                                     3(1)-2


<PAGE>

     arising out of or in connection with this Assignment to the giving of any
     relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or
     proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or
     execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or
     intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
     action or proceeding.

                                     3(1)-3


<PAGE>

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representative(s) of the parties
hereto the day and year first above written.

                              LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                              TOKYO BRANCH


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                                     3(1)-4


<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT A TO THE ASSIGNMENT

                       DESCRIPTION OF ASSIGNED RECEIVABLE


     (a)  Describe Assigned Receivable by:

               (i)  Face Amount;

              (ii)  Description of Equipment sold;

             (iii)  Date of Purchase Order from the Buyer;

              (iv)  Date of Shipment to the Buyer;

               (v)  Name of End-User of the Equipment;

              (vi)  Whether a promissory note has been or is expected to be
                    issued by the Buyer and, if issued, the date, principal
                    amount and maturity date thereof.

     (b)  The Tentative Acceptance Date, the Tentative Credit Period, the
          Tentative Due Date, the Discount Rate and the Purchase Price for the
          Assigned Receivable described above are as follows:

               (i)  The Tentative Acceptance Date is _______________;

              (ii)  The Tentative Credit Period is _______________;

             (iii)  The Tentative Due Date is _______________;

              (iv)  The Discount Rate is the LIBOR Based Rate, which is ____
                    percent (__%) PER ANNUM; and

               (v)  In accordance with CLAUSE 4.1 of the Purchase Agreement, the
                    Purchase Price of the Assigned Receivable shall be Y
                    _____________.

                                   3(1) (A)-1


<PAGE>

                   PART 2 - FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLE

THIS ASSIGNMENT made on [date]

By:

(1)  ABN AMRO BANK N.V., Tokyo Branch ("ABN Tokyo")

IN FAVOR OF:

(2)  LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD. ("LRCL")

WITNESSES as follows:

1.   Interpretation

1.1  In this Assignment "Purchase Agreement" means the receivables purchase
     agreement dated as of June 28, 1995 among (1) LRC, (2) ABN Cayman, (3)
     LRCL, in its capacity as the Seller, (2) ABN Tokyo, in its capacity as the
     Purchaser and (3) LRCL, in its capacity as the Collection Agent.

1.2  Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement have the same meaning in this
     Assignment.

1.3  Headings in this Assignment are for ease of reference only.

2.   Transfer

2.1  Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the
     Purchase Agreement, ABN Tokyo hereby sells and assigns to LRCL (by way of
     outright assignment and not merely by way of security, and without any
     representation or warranty on the part of ABN Tokyo except for the
     representation set out in Clause 2.2) all of ABN AMRO's right, title and
     interest in and to the Receivable (the "Assigned Receivable") described in
     Exhibit A hereto, to all Collections thereof and to the Related Security
     relating thereto and all proceeds thereof.

2.2  ABN Tokyo hereby represents and warrants to LRCL that as of the date hereof
     ABN Tokyo has not sold, transferred, assigned, created security interests
     in or otherwise disposed of the Assigned Receivable.

                                     3(2)-1


<PAGE>

3.   Governing Law and Jurisdiction

3.1  This Assignment is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,
     the laws of the State of California.

3.2  Both of the parties hereto agree that the courts of the State of California
     and the courts of the United States of America for the Northern District of
     California shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action
     or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
     connection with this Assignment and, for such purpose, irrevocably submits
     to the jurisdiction of such courts.

3.3  Both of the parties hereto irrevocably waive any objection which they might
     now or hereafter have to the courts referred to in Clause 3.2 being
     nominated as the forums to hear and determine any suit, action or
     proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
     connection with this Assignment and agree not to claim that such courts are
     not convenient or appropriate forums.

3.4  The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 3.2
     shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of either
     of ABN Tokyo or LRCL to take proceedings against the other in any other
     court of competent jurisdiction or shall the taking of proceedings in any
     one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other
     jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted
     by applicable law.


AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first above written.

                              LAM RESEARCH CO. LTD.


                              By:___________________________________
                                  Name:_____________________________
                                  Title:____________________________



                                     3(2)-2


<PAGE>

                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                              TOKYO BRANCH


                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------



                              By:
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                         -----------------------

                                     3(2)-3


<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT A TO THE ASSIGNMENT

                       DESCRIPTION OF ASSIGNED RECEIVABLE

     Describe Assigned Receivable by:

               (i)  Face Amount;

              (ii)  Description of Equipment sold;

             (iii)  Date of Purchase Order from the Buyer;

              (iv)  Date of Shipment to the Buyer;

               (v)  Name of End-User of the Equipment;

              (vi)  Whether a promissory note has been or is expected to be
                    issued by the Buyer and, if issued, the date, principal
                    amount and maturity date thereof.

                                   3(2) (A)-1


<PAGE>

                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

                               TERMINATION EVENTS

1.   The Seller or LRC breaches any of its obligations under this Supplemental
     Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents and such breach is not
     remedied, if it is capable of being remedied, within five (5) business days
     in the case of the obligation to pay monies or ten (10) business days in
     the case of other obligations;

2.   Any Insolvency Event relating to the Seller or LRC occurs or the Seller or
     LRC becomes unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its
     inability generally to pay its debts as they become due or ceases to carry
     on its business;

3.   Any representation or warranty set forth in CLAUSE 9.1 or in the FIFTH
     SCHEDULE is incorrect when made;

4.   The adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change
     therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
     any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or
     administration thereof after the date of this Supplemental Agreement makes
     it unlawful or impossible for any party to this Supplemental Agreement or
     any of the other Transaction Documents to perform its obligation hereunder
     or thereunder;

5.   LRC fails to pay any Debt in the aggregate amount in excess of U.S.
     $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) when due (whether by
     scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise)
     and such failure continues after the applicable grace period, if any,
     specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt, or any
     other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt
     or any other event occurs and continues after the applicable grace period,
     if any, specified in such agreement or instrument if the effect of such
     default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the
     maturity of such Debt, or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and
     payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly schedule
     required prepayment) prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

                                       4-1


<PAGE>

6.   A material adverse change occurs in the financial condition of LRC as shown
     by the Original Financial Statements of LRC which has had or can reasonably
     be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       4-2


<PAGE>

                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                  PART 1 : REPRESENTATIONS AS TO MATTERS OF LAW

1.   Each of the Seller and LRC is a corporation duly organized and is validly
     existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with power to
     enter into this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other
     Transaction Documents to be entered into by it in respect of any Receivable
     assigned or scheduled to be assigned pursuant hereto and to exercise its
     rights and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and all
     corporate and other action required to authorize its execution of all such
     documents and its performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder
     has been duly taken.

2.   Each of the Seller and LRC has all corporate power and all governmental
     licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to carry on its business
     in the jurisdictions where it conducts business.

3.   The execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment
     and the other Transaction Documents and the performance of the transactions
     contemplated hereby by the Seller and LRC require no action by or in
     respect of, or filing, recording or enrolling with, any governmental body,
     agency, court official or other authority, and do not contravene, or
     constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation
     or its Articles of Incorporation or other internal regulations or of any
     agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding
     upon the Seller or LRC or any of their assets.

4.   The claims of the Purchaser against the Seller and LRC under this
     Supplemental Agreement and the other Transaction Documents will rank at
     least pari passu with the claims of all their other unsecured creditors
     save those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency
     or other similar laws of general application.

5.   In any proceedings taken in relation to this Supplemental Agreement, the
     Assignment and the other Transaction Documents, neither the Seller nor LRC
     will be entitled to

                                       5-1


<PAGE>

     claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution,
     attachment or other legal process.

6.   In any proceedings taken in relation to this Supplemental Agreement, the
     Assignment and the other Transaction Documents, the choice of California
     law by the Seller and LRC as the governing law of this Supplemental
     Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction Documents, as the case
     may be, will be recognized and enforced subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor's rights generally and
     to principles of equity.

7.   All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and
     performed by the Seller and LRC in order (a) to enable the Seller and LRC
     lawfully to enter into, exercise their rights under and perform and comply
     with the obligations expressed to be assumed by them in this Supplemental
     Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction Documents, (b) to
     ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Seller and LRC
     in this Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction
     Documents are legal, valid and binding on them and (c) to make this
     Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction Documents
     admissible in evidence in California and Japan have been done, fulfilled
     and performed.

8.   Under the laws of Japan in force as at the date of making this
     representation, it is not necessary that this Supplemental Agreement, the
     Assignment and the other Transaction Documents be filed, recorded or
     enrolled with any court or other authority in Japan or that any stamp,
     registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Supplemental
     Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction Documents.

9.   The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Seller and LRC in this
     Supplemental Agreement, the Assignment and the other Transaction Documents
     are legal and valid obligations binding on them and enforceable in
     accordance with their respective terms.

                 PART 2 : REPRESENTATIONS AS TO MATTERS OF FACT


                                       5-2


<PAGE>

1.   Neither the Seller nor LRC has taken any corporate action nor have legal
     proceedings been started or threatened (to the best of its knowledge and
     belief) against the Seller or LRC for its winding-up, dissolution,
     rehabilitation or reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver,
     administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator
     or similar office of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues.

2.   No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court or agency has
     been started or threatened against the Seller or LRC which might, if it
     were adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect.

3.   The Original Financial Statements of LRC were prepared in accordance with
     accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and
     consistently applied and give (in conjunction with the notes thereto) a
     true and fair view of its financial condition at the date as of which they
     were prepared and the results of its operations during the financial year
     then ended.

4.   Since publication of the Original Financial Statements of LRC, there has
     been no change in its financial condition or operations of LRC so as to
     have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       5-3


<PAGE>

                               THE SIXTH SCHEDULE

               COVENANTS AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COLLECTION AGENT

The Collection Agent hereby covenants with the Purchaser that it shall at all
times:

     (i)       give such time and attention and exercise the same degree of
               care, responsibility, diligence, prudent and skill with respect
               to the servicing, collection and administration of the Purchased
               Receivable and all related function as if it were performing such
               functions on its own behalf;

     (ii)      take all action to ensure that all Purchased Receivable are paid
               promptly in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental
               Agreement and the related Sales Agreements;

     (iii)     promptly pay to the Purchaser all Collections;

     (iv)      keep proper, complete, accurate and up to date Records in a
               manner acceptable to the Purchaser;

     (v)       keep and maintain Records, on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis,
               for the purposes of identifying, in particular, at any time, any
               amount paid by and to the Buyer, any amount due by or to the
               Buyer and the source of receipts for all Collections;

     (vi)      permit audit and inspection under its guidance of its Records by
               or on behalf of the Purchaser during normal working hours upon
               reasonable notice and with reasonable frequency;

     (vii)     notify the Purchaser of material developments in the Seller's
               performance of its obligations under the Sales Agreements,
               including, but not limited to, the Shipment, the Acceptance and
               the Partial Acceptance of the Equipment and the refusal thereof
               by the Buyer;

     (viii)    notify the Purchaser of the Scheduled Due Date and (if
               applicable) the Revised Face Amount promptly

                                       6-1


<PAGE>

               after it is confirmed between the Seller and the Buyer and, if
               the payment by the Buyer of the relevant Purchased Receivable is
               to be made on the date which is not the Scheduled Due Date,
               notify the Purchaser of such date of payment at least one
               business day prior to the Scheduled Due Date or such date of
               payment, whichever comes earlier;

     (ix)      use its best endeavors to maintain records of all correspondence
               with the Buyer in respect of the Purchased Receivable;

     (x)       promptly obtain, comply in all material respects with the terms
               of and do all that is necessary and within its control to
               maintain in full force and effect all authorizations, approvals,
               licenses and consents required in or by the laws and regulations
               of the United States and Japan to enable it lawfully to enter
               into and perform its obligations under this Supplemental
               Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or to ensure the
               legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence
               of such documents;

     (xi)      do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly
               existing under the laws of Delaware and maintain all requisite
               authority to conduct its business in California;

     (xii)     comply in all respects which could be regarded as material in the
               context of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental
               Agreement, with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs,
               judgements, injunctions decrees or awards to which it may be
               subject;

     (xiii)    maintain sufficient operating procedures, employees and other
               resources to perform its obligations as Collection Agent
               hereunder; and

     (xvi)     submit to Purchaser a monthly report relating to the Purchased
               Receivable and the Buyer in such a form as is reasonably
               requested by the Purchaser.

                                       6-2


<PAGE>

                              THE SEVENTH SCHEDULE


                                    GUARANTY


     THIS GUARANTY, dated as of June 28, 1995, is executed by LAM RESEARCH
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("GUARANTOR"), in favor of ABN AMRO BANK
N.V. ("PURCHASER").


                                    RECITALS

     A.   At the request of Guarantor, Purchaser, acting through its Tokyo
Branch, has entered into a Supplemental Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as
of June 28, 1995 (the "SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT") with Purchaser and Lam
Research Co., Ltd., a Japanese corporation which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Guarantor ("SELLER"), pursuant to which (i) Purchaser has agreed to purchase
from Seller a certain account, promissory note or other obligation payable to
Seller (the "RECEIVABLE") upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and (ii) Seller has agreed to act as
collection agent for the Receivable so purchased by Purchaser from Seller (the
"PURCHASED RECEIVABLE").

     B.   Purchaser's obligation to purchase the Receivable from Seller under
the Supplemental Purchase Agreement is subject, among other conditions, to
receipt by Purchaser of this Guaranty, duly executed by Guarantor.


                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees with Purchaser as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.

          (a)  DEFINITIONS.  Unless otherwise indicated in this Guaranty, each
     term set forth in SCHEDULE 1, when used in this Guaranty, shall have the
     respective meaning given to

                                       7-1


<PAGE>

     that term in SCHEDULE 1 or in the provision of this Guaranty referenced in
     SCHEDULE 1.

          (b)  OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.  Headings in this Guaranty are for
     convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance hereof.
     All terms defined in this Guaranty in the singular form shall have
     comparable meanings when used in the plural form and VICE VERSA.  This
     Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
     the State of California without reference to conflicts of law rules.
     References in this Guaranty to any document, instrument or agreement
     (i) shall include all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto,
     (ii) shall include all documents, instruments or agreements issued or
     executed in replacement thereof and (iii) shall mean such document,
     instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended,
     modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given
     time.

     2.   CONTINUING GUARANTY.  Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and
promises to pay and perform as and when due, upon the demand of Purchaser, (a)
all obligations of the obligor under the Purchased Receivable ("BUYER") and (b)
all obligations of Seller under the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and all
other documents, instruments and agreements delivered to Purchaser in connection
therewith (collectively, including this Guaranty, the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS")
(all such obligations, including the obligations described in CLAUSE (A) above,
to be referred to herein collectively as the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS").
Guarantor shall make all payments required hereunder to Purchaser, or its order,
at Purchaser's office located at the address set forth in SUBPARAGRAPH 8(A)
hereof, or at such other office as Purchaser may designate, on demand in such
lawful currency as is required by SUBPARAGRAPH 8(D) hereof.  Notwithstanding any
termination of this Guaranty in accordance with PARAGRAPH 6 hereof, this
Guaranty shall continue to be in full force and effect and applicable to any
Guaranteed Obligations arising thereafter which arise because prior payments of
Guaranteed Obligations are rescinded or otherwise required to be surrendered by
Purchaser after receipt.  The liability of Guarantor hereunder is independent of
the obligations of Seller and Buyer, and a separate action or actions may be
brought and prosecuted against Guarantor irrespective of whether action is
brought against

                                       7-2


<PAGE>

Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or whether
Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations is joined in
any such action or actions.  This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of
collection.

                                       7-3


<PAGE>

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Guarantor represents and warrants to
Purchaser, as of the date hereof, the date the Receivable is purchased pursuant
to the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and each other date on which Seller makes
(pursuant to CLAUSE 12.1 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT or otherwise)
the representations and warranties set forth in the SIXTH SCHEDULE TO THE
SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT, that (a) each of Guarantor and Seller is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified and in good standing
in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties requires
such qualification, except where the failure to qualify could not have a
Material Adverse Effect; (b) the execution, delivery and performance by
Guarantor and Seller of this Guaranty and the other Transaction Documents are
within the power of Guarantor and Seller and have been duly authorized by all
necessary actions on the part of Guarantor and Seller; (c) this Guaranty and the
other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor
and Seller and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Guarantor and
Seller, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating
to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally; (d) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Transaction
Documents do not (i) violate any Requirement of Law, (ii) contravene any
material Contractual Obligation, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any property, asset or revenue of Guarantor or Seller; (e) no
consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or
filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person (including, without
limitation, the shareholders of any Person) is required in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Transaction
Documents, except such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations,
registrations, declarations and filings that are so required and which have been
obtained and are in full force and effect; (f) each of Guarantor and Seller has
paid all taxes and other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority due and
payable by Guarantor or Seller other than those which are being challenged in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been
established; (g) neither Guarantor nor Seller is in violation of any Requirement
of Law or Contractual Obligation other than those the consequences of which
could not have a Material Adverse

                                       7-5


<PAGE>

Effect; (h) the financial statements of Guarantor and Seller which have been
delivered to Purchaser fairly present the respective financial positions and
results of Guarantor and Seller for the periods and as of the dates covered
thereby; (i) no litigation, investigation or proceeding of any Governmental
Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Guarantor, threatened against
Guarantor or Seller which, if adversely determined, could have a Material
Adverse Effect; (j) Seller is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor; (k) the
obligations of Guarantor hereunder rank at least pari passu with all other
unsecured debt of Guarantor; and (l) no event or condition which could have a
Material Adverse Effect has occurred or arisen and is continuing.

     4.   COVENANTS.  Until the Supplemental Purchase Agreement is terminated
and the Purchased Receivable is paid in full, Guarantor hereby agrees (a) to
deliver to Purchaser (i) within 55 days after the last day of each of its fiscal
quarters, its financial statements for such quarter, (ii) within 100 days after
the last day of each of its fiscal years, its audited financial statements for
such year, (iii) notice of any Potential Termination Event, any Termination
Event or any other default under the Transaction Documents or of any other event
or condition which could have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) such other
information regarding the business, operations or financial or other condition
of Guarantor or Seller as Purchaser may reasonably request; (b) to keep, and
cause Seller to keep, proper books of record and account and to permit Purchaser
to examine the same; (c) to the extent failure to do so could have a Material
Adverse Effect, to comply and cause Seller to comply with all Requirements of
Law and Contractual Obligations; (d) to maintain and cause Seller to maintain
its corporate existence and all rights, privileges and franchises necessary for
the conduct of its business; (e) to cause the obligations of Guarantor hereunder
to rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured debt of Guarantor at all
times; (f) to maintain, at all times, a ratio of Quick Assets to Current
Liabilities of at least 1.25 to 1.00; (g) to maintain, at all times, Tangible
Net Worth of not less than the Tangible Net Worth Requirements at such times;
and (h) to maintain, at all times, a ratio of Total Debt LESS Subordinated Debt
to Capital of no more than 0.50 to 1.00.

     5.   AUTHORIZED ACTIONS.  Guarantor authorizes Purchaser, in its
discretion, without notice to Guarantor, irrespective of any

                                       7-6


<PAGE>

change in the financial condition of Seller, Guarantor, Buyer or any other
guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations since the date hereof, and without
affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder, from
time to time to (a) purchase from Seller new Receivables and create new
Guaranteed Obligations, and, either before or after receipt of notice of
revocation, renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time
for payment or performance of, or otherwise change the terms of the Purchased
Receivable and Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including increase or
decrease of the rate of interest or discount thereon; (b) take and hold security
for the payment or performance of the Purchased Receivable and Guaranteed
Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; (c) apply
such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; (d) purchase such
security at public or private sale; (e) otherwise exercise any right or remedy
it may have against Seller, Guarantor, Buyer, any other guarantor of the
Guaranteed Obligations or any security, including, without limitation, the right
to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale; (f) settle,
compromise with, release or substitute any one or more makers, endorsers or
guarantors of the Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed Obligations; and (g) assign
the Purchased Receivable, the Guaranteed Obligations, this Guaranty, or the
other Transaction Documents in whole or in part.

     6.   WAIVERS.  Guarantor waives (a) any right to require Purchaser to
(i) proceed against Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the
Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security received
from Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in Purchaser's power whatsoever;
(b) any defense arising by reason of the application by Seller of the proceeds
of any purchase; (c) any defense resulting from the absence, impairment or loss
of any right of reimbursement, subrogation, contribution or other right or
remedy of Guarantor against Seller, Buyer, any other guarantor with respect to
the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, whether resulting from an election
by Purchaser to foreclose upon security by nonjudicial sale, or otherwise;
(d) any setoff or counterclaim of Seller or any defense which results from any
disability or other defense of Seller or the cessation or stay of enforcement
from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Seller (including, without
limitation, the lack of

                                       7-7


<PAGE>

validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document); (e) any right to
exoneration of sureties which would otherwise be applicable; (f) until all
obligations of Purchaser under the Transaction Documents have been terminated
and the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully satisfied, any right of
subrogation or reimbursement and, if there are any other guarantors of the
Guaranteed Obligations, any right of contribution, and right to enforce any
remedy which Purchaser now has or may hereafter have against Seller, and any
benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter
received by Purchaser; (g) all presentments, demands for performance, notices of
non-performance, notices delivered under the Supplemental Purchase Agreement or
any other Transaction Document, protests, notice of dishonor, and notices of
acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new
or additional Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed Obligations and notices of any
public or private foreclosure sale; (h) the benefit of any statute of
limitations to the extent permitted by law; (i) any appraisement, valuation,
stay, extension, moratorium redemption or similar law or similar rights for
marshalling; (j) any right to be informed by Purchaser of the financial
condition of Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations or any change therein or any other circumstances bearing upon the
risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed
Obligations; and (k) any right to revoke this Guaranty prior to the termination
of the Transaction Documents and the satisfaction in full of all the Guaranteed
Obligations.  Guarantor has the ability and assumes the responsibility for
keeping informed of the financial condition of Seller, the Buyers and any other
guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations and of other circumstances affecting
such nonpayment and nonperformance risks.  Without limiting the scope of any of
the foregoing waivers, Guarantor hereby waives (i) all rights and defenses
arising out of an election of remedies by Purchaser, even though that election
of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a
Guaranteed Obligation, has destroyed Guarantor's rights of subrogation and
reimbursement against Seller by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of
Civil Procedure or otherwise, (ii) all rights and defenses Guarantor may have by
reason of protection afforded to Seller with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting
or discharging the Guaranteed Obligations, including, without limitation,
Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California

                                       7-8


<PAGE>

Code of Civil Procedure, and (iii) all other rights and defenses available to
Guarantor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil
Code.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.  Guarantor hereby subordinates any obligations of
Seller to Guarantor (the "SUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS") to the Guaranteed
Obligations as provided in this PARAGRAPH 7.  Until the occurrence of a
Potential Termination Event or Termination Event, Guarantor may receive
regularly scheduled payments from Seller on account of Subordinated Obligations.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Potential Termination
Event or Termination Event, however:

          (a)  Purchaser shall be entitled to receive payment of all Guaranteed
     Obligations before Guarantor receives payment of any Subordinated
     Obligations;

          (b)  Any payments on the Subordinated Obligations, if Purchaser so
     requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee
     for Purchaser and be paid over to Purchaser on account of the Guaranteed
     Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability
     of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty; and

          (c)  Purchaser is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation
     to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of Guarantor, to collect and
     enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, the Subordinated Obligations
     and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations and
     (ii) to require Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims
     in respect of, the Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts
     received on such Subordinated Obligations to Purchaser for application to
     the Guaranteed Obligations.

                                       7-9


<PAGE>

     8.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,
     requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or
     upon Purchaser or Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be in writing and
     telecopied, mailed or delivered to each party at its telecopier number or
     address set forth below (or to such other telecopier number or address for
     any party as indicated in any notice given by that party to the other
     party).  All such notices and communications shall be effective (i) when
     sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing,
     on the Business Day following the deposit with such service; (ii) when
     mailed, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the
     United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (iii) when delivered by hand,
     upon delivery; and (iv) when telecopied, upon confirmation of receipt.

          PURCHASER: ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
                     101 California Street
                     Suite 4550
                     San Francisco, California  94111-5812
                     Attn:  Robert N. Hartinger
                     Telephone:  (415) 984-3710
                     Facsimile:  (415) 362-3524

          GUARANTOR: Lam Research Corporation
                     47300 Bayside Parkway
                     Fremont, California  94538
                     Attn:  Yuko Hashimoto
                     Telephone:  (510) 438-4887
                     Facsimile:  (510) 661-1586

          (b)  EXPENSES.  Guarantor shall pay on demand, whether or not any
     Receivable is purchased under the Transaction Documents, (i) all reasonable
     fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses,
     incurred by Purchaser in connection with the preparation, execution and
     delivery of, and the exercise of its duties under, this Guaranty and the
     other Transaction Documents, and the preparation, execution and delivery of
     amendments and waivers hereunder and thereunder; and (ii) all reasonable
     fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and

                                      7-10


<PAGE>

     expenses, incurred by Purchaser in the enforcement or attempted enforcement
     of this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any
     of Purchaser's rights and remedies (including, without limitation, all such
     fees and expenses incurred in connection with any "workout" or
     restructuring affecting the Transaction Documents or the Guaranteed
     Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Guarantor,
     Seller or any of their affiliates).

          (c)  INDEMNIFICATIONS.  To the fullest extent permitted by law,
     Guarantor agrees to protect, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser
     and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees,
     agents and advisors ("INDEMNITEES") from and against any and all
     liabilities, losses, damages or  expenses of any kind or nature and from
     any and all suits, claims or demands (including in respect of or for
     reasonable attorney's fees and other expenses) arising on account of or in
     connection with any matter or thing or action or failure to act by
     Indemnitees, or any of them, arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or
     the other Transaction Documents, including without limitation any use by
     Guarantor of any proceeds of any Receivable purchases, except to the extent
     such liability arises from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of
     the Indemnitees.  Upon receiving knowledge of any suit, claim or demand
     asserted by a third party that Purchaser believes is covered by this
     indemnity, Purchaser shall give Guarantor reasonable notice of the matter
     and an opportunity to defend it, at Guarantor's sole cost and expense, with
     legal counsel satisfactory to Purchaser.  Any failure or delay of Purchaser
     so to notify Guarantor of any such suit, claim or demand shall not relieve
     Guarantor of its obligations under this SUBPARAGRAPH 8(c) but shall reduce
     such obligations to the extent of any increase in those obligations caused
     solely by such failure or delay.  The obligations of Guarantor under this
     SUBPARAGRAPH 8(c) shall survive the payment and performance of the
     Guaranteed Obligations.

          (d)  CURRENCY OF PAYMENT.

               (i)  Guarantor shall make all payments of the Guaranteed
          Obligations hereunder in the currency in

                                      7-11


<PAGE>

          which such Guaranteed Obligations are required to be paid by Seller
          pursuant to the other Transaction Documents and shall make all other
          payments hereunder in the lawful currency of the United States.

              (ii)  If any sum due from Guarantor under this Guaranty or any
          order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted
          from the currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable
          hereunder or under such order or judgment into another currency (the
          "second currency") for the purpose of (A) making or filing a claim or
          proof against Guarantor with any Governmental Authority, (B) obtaining
          an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (C) enforcing
          any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto, Guarantor
          shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold
          harmless each of the Persons to whom such sum is due from and against
          any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (1) the rate
          of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from
          the first currency into the second currency and (2) the rate or rates
          of exchange at which such Person may, using reasonable efforts in the
          ordinary course of business, purchase the first currency with the
          second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in
          whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  The
          foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate obligation of
          Guarantor distinct from its other obligations hereunder and shall
          survive the giving or making of any judgment or order in relation to
          all or any of such obligations.

          (e)  WAIVERS; AMENDMENTS.  Any term, covenant, agreement or condition
     of this Guaranty may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in
     writing and is signed by Guarantor and Purchaser.  No failure or delay by
     Purchaser in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
     thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial exercise of
     any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any other
     right.  Unless otherwise specified in such waiver or consent, a waiver or
     consent given hereunder shall be effective only in the

                                      7-12


<PAGE>

     specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

          (f)  ASSIGNMENTS.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to
     the benefit of Guarantor and Purchaser and their respective successors and
     permitted assigns, except that Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of
     its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written
     consent of Purchaser.  All references in this Guaranty to any Person shall
     be deemed to include all successors and assigns of such Person.

          (g)  CUMULATIVE RIGHTS, ETC.  The rights, powers and remedies of
     Purchaser under this Guaranty shall be in addition to all rights, powers
     and remedies given to Purchaser by virtue of any applicable law, rule or
     regulation of any Governmental Authority, the other Transaction Documents
     or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers, and remedies shall be
     cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without
     impairing Purchaser's rights hereunder.

          (h)  PAYMENTS FREE OF TAXES, ETC.  All payments made by Guarantor
     under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear of and
     without deduction for any and all present and future taxes, levies,
     charges, deductions and withholdings.  In addition, Guarantor shall pay
     upon demand any stamp or other taxes, levies or charges of any jurisdiction
     with respect to the execution, delivery, registration, performance and
     enforcement of this Guaranty.  If any taxes, levies, charges or other
     amounts are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to Purchaser
     hereunder, the amounts so payable to Purchaser shall be increased to the
     extent necessary to yield to Purchaser (after payment of all such amounts)
     any such amounts payable hereunder in the amounts specified in this
     Guaranty.  Upon request by Purchaser, Guarantor shall furnish evidence
     satisfactory to Purchaser that all requisite authorizations and approvals
     by, and notices to and filings with, governmental authorities and
     regulatory bodies have been obtained and made and that all requisite taxes,
     levies and charges have been paid.

                                      7-13


<PAGE>

          (i)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If at any time any provision of this
     Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect
     under the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or
     enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty nor the
     legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any
     other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          (j)  JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF GUARANTOR AND PURCHASER, TO THE FULLEST
     EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO
     TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY ISSUE RELATING HERETO IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR
     COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY.

          (k)  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  Guarantor hereby irrevocably and
     unconditionally:

               (i)  Submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
          proceeding relating to this Guaranty, or for recognition and
          enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive
          jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the courts
          of the United States of America for the Northern District of
          California, and consents and agrees to suit being brought in such
          courts as Purchaser may elect;

              (ii)  Waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
          the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that
          such proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to
          plead or claim the same; and

              (iii) Agrees that nothing herein shall affect Purchaser's right to
          effect service of process in any manner permitted by law, and that
          Purchaser shall have the right to bring any legal proceedings
          (including a proceeding for enforcement of a judgment entered by any
          of the aforementioned courts) against Guarantor in such courts or in
          any other court or jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of
the day and year first above written.

                                      7-14


<PAGE>

                                           LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION



                                           By:
                                              ---------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   ----------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ---------------------

                                      7-15


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS


     "BUYER" shall have the meaning given to that term in SUBPARAGRAPH 2(a)
hereof.

     "CAPITAL" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall be
determined, the sum of (a) Total Debt and (b) Tangible Net Worth.

     "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" shall mean, as applied to any Person, direct or
indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to any
indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another,
including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly
guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business), co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person,
or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable.
The amount of any Contingent Obligations shall be equal to the amount of the
obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

     "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" of any Person shall mean, any indenture, note,
security, deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, lease, guaranty,
instrument, contract, agreement or other form of obligation or undertaking to
which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is
bound.

     "CURRENT LIABILITIES" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount
thereof shall be determined, the consolidated current liabilities of Guarantor
and its subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any domestic or foreign national, state
or local government, any political subdivision thereof, any department, agency,
authority or bureau of any of the foregoing, or any other entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the
Comptroller of the Currency, any central bank or any comparable authority.

                                     7(1)-1


<PAGE>

     "GOVERNMENTAL RULE" shall mean any law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order,
code interpretation, judgment, decree, directive, guidelines, policy or similar
form of decision of any Governmental Authority.

     "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
SUBPARAGRAPH 2(a) hereof.

     "GUARANTOR" shall have the meaning given to that term in the INTRODUCTORY
PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "GUARANTY" shall mean this Guaranty.

     "LIEN" shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance in, of, or on such
property or the income therefrom, including, without limitation, the interest of
a vendor or lessor under a conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other
title retention agreement, or any agreement to provide any of the foregoing, and
the filing of any financing statement or similar instrument under the Uniform
Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of
Guarantor or Seller; (b) the ability of Guarantor or Seller to pay or perform
the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty and the
other Transaction Documents; or (c) the rights and remedies of Purchaser under
this Guaranty, the other Transaction Documents, any Purchased Receivable or any
related document, instrument or agreement.

     "PERSON" shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation
(including a business trust), a joint stock company, an unincorporated
association, a joint venture, a trust or other entity or a Governmental
Authority.

     "POTENTIAL TERMINATION EVENT" shall have the meaning given to that term in
the Supplemental Purchase Agreement.

     "SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning given to that term
in RECITAL A hereof.

                                     7(1)-2


<PAGE>

     "PURCHASED RECEIVABLE" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL
A hereof.

     "PURCHASER" shall have the meaning given to that term in the INTRODUCTORY
PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "QUICK ASSETS" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall
be determined, the consolidated cash, cash-equivalents, accounts receivable and
investments (including marketable securities), with maturities not to exceed 360
days, of Guarantor and its subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "RECEIVABLE" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL A hereof.

     "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" applicable to any Person shall mean (a) the Articles
or Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, Partnership Agreement or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, (b) any Governmental Rule
applicable to such Person, (c) any license, permit, approval or other
authorization granted by any Governmental Authority to or for the benefit of
such Person and (d) any judgment, decision or determination of any Governmental
Authority or arbitrator, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person
or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject.

     "SELLER" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL A hereof.

     "SUBORDINATED DEBT" shall mean any debt subordinated to the obligations of
Guarantor hereunder on terms acceptable to Purchaser.

     "SUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
PARAGRAPH 7 hereof.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof
shall be determined, the consolidated total assets of Guarantor and its
subsidiaries MINUS, without duplication, (a) the sum of any amounts attributable
to (i) goodwill, and (ii) tangible items such as unamortized debt discount and
expense,

                                     7(1)-3


<PAGE>

patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights, franchises, treasury
stock, deferred charges and research and development expenses except prepaid
expenses, AND (b) Total Liabilities.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH REQUIREMENT" shall mean, at any date as of which the
amount thereof shall be determined, the sum of (i) $250,000,000, PLUS (ii) fifty
percent (50%) of the sum of the consolidated net income of Guarantor and its
subsidiaries for each quarter (excluding any quarter in which such net income
was negative) which begins on or after July 1, 1994 and ends on or prior to such
date of determination, PLUS (iii) one hundred percent (100%) of the net proceeds
received by Guarantor and its subsidiaries from the sale of stock and other
equity securities issued by Guarantor and its subsidiaries and from other equity
contributions to Guarantor and its subsidiaries to the extent received on or
after April 1, 1995 and on or prior to such date of determination.

     "TERMINATION EVENT" shall have the meaning given to that term in the
Supplemental Purchase Agreement.

     "TOTAL DEBT" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall
be determined, the sum (without duplication) of (a) short-term bank debt, (b)
current maturities of long-term debt and current portion of capitalized leases,
(c) long-term debt, (d) capitalized leases and (e) all off-balance sheet
obligations including Contingent Obligations and the face amount of all
outstanding letters of credit (including drawn and unreimbursed amounts).

     "TOTAL LIABILITIES" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof
shall be determined, all obligations that should, in accordance with GAAP be
classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Guarantor.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
SUBPARAGRAPH 2(a) hereof.

                                     7(1)-4




<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10.27






                         RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                     between


                             LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.


                                    as Seller


                        ABN AMRO BANK N.V., TOKYO BRANCH


                                  as Purchaser


                                      and


                             LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.


                               as Collection Agent


<PAGE>

                                    CONTENTS

     Clause                                                      Page No
            Part 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

     1.   Definitions and Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

            Part 2

                   GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SALE OF RECEIVABLES

     2.   Terms of Purchase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

            Part 3

                           SALE OF INITIAL RECEIVABLES

     3.   Sale and Purchase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     4.   Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     5.   Initial Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

            Part 4

                         SALE OF ADDITIONAL RECEIVABLES

     6.   Offers of Additional Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     7.   Acceptance of Offers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     8.   Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     9.   Assignment of Accepted Receivables . . . . . . . . . . .  17

            Part 5

                           ADJUSTMENT OF CONSIDERATION

     10.  Normal Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     11.  Adjustment due to Reduction of Face Value. . . . . . . .  19

            Part 6

                    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     12.  Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     13.  Financial Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20


<PAGE>

     14.  Seller's Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     15.  Purchaser's Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     16.  Seller's Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

            Part 7

                            REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES

     17.  Repurchase of Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

            Part 8

                          INDEMNITY FOR FUNDING LOSSES

     18.  Indemnity by the Seller for Funding Losses . . . . . . .  27

            Part 9

                            COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES

     19.  Appointment of Collection Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     20.  Collection of Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     21.  Cost, Expenses and Remuneration. . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     22.  Removal or
 Termination of Collection Agent . . . . . . .  31

            Part 10

                                    PAYMENTS

     23.  Currency of Account and Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     24.  Payments by the Seller or the Collection Agent . . . . .  33
     25.  Payments by the Purchaser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

            Part 11

                                      TAXES

     26.  Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

            Part 12

                                   TERMINATION

     27.  Consequence of a Termination Event . . . . . . . . . . .  35


<PAGE>

            Part 13

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     28.  Default Interest and Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     29.  Fees, Costs and Expenses and Stamp Duty. . . . . . . . .  37
     30.  Benefit of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     31.  Remedies and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     32.  Partial Invalidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     33.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     34.  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     35.  Prior Understandings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

            Part 14

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

     36.  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     37.  Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39





THE SECOND SCHEDULE
     Part 1 : Conditions Precedent to the Initial Closing
     Part 2 : Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Closings

THE THIRD SCHEDULE
     Part 1 : Form of Assignment of Initial Receivables
     Part 2 : Form of Offer
     Part 3 : Form of Assignment of Accepted Receivable
     Part 4 : Form of Reassignment of Receivables

THE FIFTH SCHEDULE
     Termination Events

THE SIXTH SCHEDULE


<PAGE>

     Part 1 : Representations as to Matters of Law
     Part 2 : Representations as to Matters of Fact
     Part 3 : Representations relating to Receivables

THE SEVENTH SCHEDULE
     Covenants and Undertakings of the Collection Agent

THE EIGHTH SCHEDULE
     Form of Guaranty

THE NINTH SCHEDULE
     Part 1 : Form of Opinion of Nagashima & Ohno
     Part 2 : Form of Opinion of Jan J. Kang


<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 22nd day of June, 1995

BETWEEN:

(1)   LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD., a company incorporated in Japan and having its
registered office at 1-1-10, Oyama, Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa (in such capacity
the "Seller");

(2)   ABN AMRO BANK N.V. acting through its TOKYO BRANCH, a branch licensed in
Japan and having its registered office at Shiroyama JT Mori Building, 3-1, 4-
chome, Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo (the "Purchaser"); and

(3)   LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD., a company incorporated in Japan having its
registered office at 1-1-10, Oyama, Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa as collection agent
in relation to receivables (in such capacity the "Collection Agent").

WHEREAS:

(A)   The Seller and the Purchaser have agreed, on the terms and subject to the
conditions hereof, that the Seller will sell to the Purchaser certain
receivables which have arisen, or will arise, out of the sales by the Seller of
certain equipment.

(B)   The Collection Agent has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions hereof, to act as the agent of the Purchaser in connection with the
collection of receivables from time to time assigned to the Purchaser in
accordance with the terms hereof.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:-


                            Part 1

                        INTERPRETATION

1.    Definitions and Interpretation

1.1         In this Agreement and in the Schedules, unless otherwise defined
therein or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:-

      "Acceptance" means, in relation to Equipment, the acceptance by the Buyer
of such Equipment which, in accordance with the relevant Sales Agreement,
renders the obligation of such Buyer to pay the Face Value of the Purchased
Receivable arising out of the sale of such Equipment unconditional (only subject
to the lapse of the credit period agreed between the Seller and such Buyer);


                                        1

<PAGE>

      "Accepted Receivables" has the meaning set out in Clause 7.2;

      "Additional Receivables" means Receivables other than the Initial
Receivables;

      "Additional Sales Agreement" means the Sales Agreement relating to the
Additional Receivables;

      "Adjustment Amount" means the amount which shall be calculated and payable
in accordance with Clause 10;

      "Adjustment Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable and a Receivables
Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable which has come earlier than the
Tentative Receivables Due Date means the actual number of days elapsed during
the period from, and including, such Receivables Payment Date to, but excluding,
such Tentative Receivables Due Date;

      "Assignment" means, in relation to the sale of each Initial Receivables,
an assignment substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of the Third Schedule
or, in relation to sale of each Accepted Receivable, an assignment substantially
in the form of Part 3 of the Third Schedule;

      "Available Receivables" has the meaning set out in Clause 6.2(i);

      "Buyers" means buyers of the Equipment from the Seller;

      "Closing Dates" means the Initial Closing Date and the Subsequent Closing
Dates;

      "COF" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means the rate, expressed as
decimal, equal to the cost to the Purchaser (as certified by it, which
certification shall be binding upon the parties hereto in the absence of a
manifest error, and expressed as a rate per annum) of funding the Relevant
Amount in Tokyo in Yen during the Calculation Period;

            For purposes of this definition of "COF", the "Calculation Period"
means:

                  (i)    for purposes of determining the COF Based Rate, the
Discount Period applicable to such Purchased Receivable; and

                  (ii)   for purposes of determining the Adjustment COF Based
Rate applicable to a Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period relating to a Paid
Amount, such Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period applicable to such Purchased
Receivable and Paid Amount; and


                                        2

<PAGE>

            the "Relevant Amount" means:

                  (i)    for purposes of determining the COF Based Rate, the
Face Value of such Purchased Receivable; and

                  (ii)   for purposes of determining the Adjustment COF Based
Rate applicable to a Paid Amount, such Paid Amount applicable to such Purchased
Receivable;

      "COF Based Rate" and "Adjustment COF Based Rate" applicable to a Purchased
Receivable and (in the case of the Adjustment COF Based Rate) a Paid Amount and
a Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period for such Purchased Receivable means the
rate, expressed as a decimal, equal to the sum of (i) the COF for the respective
purposes applicable to such Purchased Receivable and (in the case of the
Adjustment COF Based Rate) such Paid Amount and Reset Period or Overdue Reset
Period and (ii) the Margin;

      "Collection Account" means the account specified in Clause 20.2;

      "Collections" means all payments by or on behalf of Buyers received in
respect of the Receivables, whether in the form of cash, electronic money
transfer or any other form of payment (including, but not limited to, the
payment by means of collection of the obligations represented by the P/N) in
accordance with a Sales Agreement in effect from time to time;

      "Confirmation to Issue P/N's" means a written confirmation duly executed
by the relevant Buyer and delivered to the Seller of the issuance of the P/N's
in relation to the Receivables which may arise out of the relevant Sales
Agreement, subject to (but promptly upon, only subject to the applicable terms
of the relevant Sales Agreement) the Acceptance or the Partial Acceptance of the
relevant Equipment, such confirmation being in a form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Purchaser;

      "Debt" of any person means, at any date, without duplication, (i) all
obligations of such person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii)
all obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business, (iv) all obligations of such person as lessee which are capitalized in
accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, (v) all Debt
secured by an encumbrance on any asset of such person, whether or not such Debt
is otherwise an obligation of such person and (vi) all Debt of others guaranteed
by such person;

      "Deposit" means, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, the amount, if
any, which has been or will have been as of the relevant Closing Date paid to or
deposited with the Seller by the relevant Buyer by way of deposit or downpayment
(however it is called) for the purchase of the relevant Equipment;


                                        3

<PAGE>

      "Disapplication of Prohibition of Assignment" means a written consent duly
executed by the relevant Buyer to the disapplication of prohibition of the
assignment by the Seller of the Receivables arising out of the relevant Sales
Agreement, such consent being in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Purchaser;

      "Discount" means in relation to a Purchased Receivable the amount in Yen
equal to its Face Value multiplied by the Discount Rate applicable to such
Purchased Receivable;

      "Discount Interest Rate" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means either
of (i) the LIBOR Based Rate or (ii) the COF Based Rate, as selected by the
Seller and specified in the Assignment in relation to such Purchased Receivable;

      "Discount Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means the actual
number of days elapsed during the period from, and including, the Closing Date
to, but excluding, the Tentative Receivables Due Date, both in relation to such
Purchased Receivable;

      "Discount Rate" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means a fraction
(expressed as a decimal rounded up to the nearest five decimal places in such
rate) calculated as follows:

            D =    I x (P/365)
                  1 + (I x P/365)

      Where:

            D =   the Discount Rate;
            I =   the Discount Interest Rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable
to such Purchased Receivable; and
            P =   the Discount Period applicable to such Purchased Receivable;

      "Eligible Buyers" has the meaning set out in Part 1 of the Fourth
Schedule;

      "Eligible Receivables" has the meaning set out in Part 2 of the Fourth
Schedule;

      "Equipment" means semiconductor capital equipment sold by the Seller in
the ordinary course of its business;

      "Extended Tentative Date" has the meaning set out in Clause 10.2, and the
first, second, subsequent or final Extended Tentative Date shall be construed
accordingly;

      "Face Value" means, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, the amount in
Yen which is to be payable pursuant to the Sales Agreement in respect of such
Purchased Receivable (less the Deposit, if any, in relation to such Purchased
Receivable), which shall be specified in the Assignment relating to such
Purchased Receivables;


                                        4

<PAGE>

      "Guaranty" means a guaranty of the Guarantor substantially in the form of
the Eighth Schedule;

      "Guarantor" means Lam Research Corporation, a Delaware corporation;

      "Indemnified Amounts" has the meaning set out in Clause 16.1;

      "Initial Closing Date" means June 23, 1995 or such later date as the
parties hereto may agree;

      "Initial Receivables" means those Receivables, being the Eligible
Receivables, particulars of which are set out in the First Schedule;

      "Initial Sales Agreements" means the Sales Agreements relating to the
Initial Receivables;

      "Insolvency Event" means, in relation to any party hereto its winding-up
or dissolution or the judgment or declaration of insolvency or bankruptcy or the
appointment of an administrator, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar
official over it or any of its reserves or assets, the filing of a petition in
relation to any of the foregoing or the commencement of any analogous
proceedings in relation thereto, and, in the case of such filing made by any
third party against it, such filing (i) having resulted in a judgment or
declaration of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or
the making of an order for its winding-up or dissolution or (ii) having not been
dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained within ninety (90) days with respect
to the Seller and thirty (30) days with respect to the Guarantor;

      "LIBOR" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means the rate for deposits
in Yen for a period selected by the Purchaser as being reasonably close to the
Calculation Period which appears on the Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,
London time, on the day that is two London Banking Days (which means a day on
which commercial banks are open for business (including dealing in foreign
exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London) preceding the first day of
the Calculation Period, Provided that if such rate does not appear on the
Telerate Page 3750, "LIBOR" shall mean the arithmetic mean of the rates,
expressed as a decimal, quoted to ABN AMRO Bank N.V. at such time on such day by
two or more major banks in the London interbank market selected in good faith by
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as a rate per annum at which such deposit, for such period
commencing on such first day and in such amount that ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
reasonably determines is representative for a single transaction in such market
on such day, is offered;

            For purposes of this definition of "LIBOR", the "Calculation Period"
means:


                                        5

<PAGE>

                  (i)    for purposes of determining the LIBOR Based Rate, the
Discount Period applicable to such Purchased Receivable; and

                  (ii)   for purposes of determining the Adjustment LIBOR Based
Rate applicable to a Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period relating to a Paid
Amount, such Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period applicable to such Purchased
Receivable and Paid Amount;

      "LIBOR Based Rate" and "Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate" applicable to a
Purchased Receivable (and, in the case of the Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate,
applicable to a Paid Amount and a Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period) means
the rate per annum, expressed as a decimal, equal to the sum of (i) the LIBOR
for the respective purposes applicable to such Purchased Receivable (and, in the
case of the Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate, applicable to such Paid Amount and
Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period) and (ii) the Margin;

      "Margin" means, subject to the reduction pursuant to Clause 10.3, nine-
tenths of one percent (0.9%);

      "Margin Reduction Amount" has the meaning set out in Clause 10.4;

      "Margin Reduction Period" has the meaning set out in Clause 10.3;

      "Material Adverse Effect" means in relation to any matter, event or
circumstance concerning the Seller, the Guarantor or the Collection Agent
(insofar as Lam Research Co., Ltd. is the Collection Agent), a likely material
adverse effect on the ability of the person concerned to perform its obligations
under this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Assignment or any of the other
Transaction Documents;

      "Non-Eligible Buyers" means the Buyers other than the Eligible Buyers;

      "Offer" means any offer made by the Seller to sell and assign Additional
Receivables to the Purchaser in accordance with Clause 6;

      "Original Financial Statements of the Seller" means the audited financial
statements of the Seller for the financial year ended June 30, 1994 and the
unaudited interim financial statements of the Seller for the financial quarter
ended March 31, 1995;

      "Original Financial Statements of the Guarantor" means the audited
financial statements of the Guarantor for the financial year ended June 30, 1994
and the unaudited interim financial statements of the Guarantor for the
financial quarter ended March 31, 1995;

      "Overdue Reset Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means a
Partial Adjustment Period for such Purchased Receivable referred to in
Paragraph (i)(b) or (ii)(b)


                                        6

<PAGE>

of the definition of the Partial Adjustment Period as if (if applicable) it were
not shortened by occurrence of a Receivables Payment Date for such Purchased
Receivable or lapse of sixty (60) days after the Scheduled Receivables Due Date
for such Purchased Receivable, as the case may be;

      "Paid Amount" in relation to a Purchased Receivable means the amount which
has been paid to the Purchaser through the Collection Account on account of such
Purchased Receivable pursuant to Clause 20.4 or collected by the Purchaser by
means of collection of the obligations represented by the P/N pursuant to Clause
20.3, as the case may be, or otherwise to the Purchaser in accordance with this
Agreement, in each case in immediately available funds;

      "Partial Acceptance" means, in relation to Equipment, such acceptance of
the Buyer of such Equipment as renders the obligation of such Buyer to pay the
Revised Face Value of the Purchased Receivable arising out of the sale of such
Equipment unconditional (only subject to the lapse of credit period agreed
between the Seller and the Buyer);

      "Partial Adjustment Amount" has the meaning set out in Clause 10.3;

      "Partial Adjustment Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable and a
Receivables Payment Date means the actual number of days elapsed during each of
the following one or more successive periods, running up to such Receivables
Payment Date or the sixtieth (60th) date after the Scheduled Receivables Due
Date for such Purchased Receivable, whichever comes earlier:

            (i)   if there is no Extended Tentative Date for such Purchased
Receivable,

                  (a)    the period from, and including, the Tentative
Receivables Due Date for such Purchased Receivable to, but excluding, such
Receivables Payment Date or the Scheduled Receivables Due Date for such
Purchased Receivable, whichever comes earlier; and

                  (b)    if such Receivables Payment Date is later than the
Scheduled Receivables Due Date, successive period(s) of one (1) week each,
starting from, and including, such Scheduled Receivables Due Date and repeating
up to such Receivables Payment Date or the sixtieth (60th) date after such
Scheduled Receivables Due Date, whichever comes earlier (with final such period
being one (1) week or shorter period up to, but excluding, such final date); or

            (ii)  if there is an Extended Tentative Date(s) for such Purchased
Receivable,


                                        7

<PAGE>

                  (a)    (x) the period from, and including, the Tentative
Receivables Due Date to, but excluding, the first Extended Tentative Date or
such Receivables Payment Date, whichever comes earlier, (y) (if there is a
following Extended Tentative Date) any subsequent period(s) from, and including,
the immediately preceding Extended Tentative Date to, but excluding, the
immediately following Extended Tentative Date or such Receivables Payment Date,
whichever comes earlier, and (z) (if there is the Scheduled Receivables Due Date
for such Purchased Receivable set after the final Extended Tentative Date) the
period from, and including, the final Extended Tentative Date to, but excluding,
such Receivables Payment Date or such Scheduled Receivables Due Date, whichever
comes earlier; and

                  (b)     if such Receivables Payment Date is later than the
Scheduled Receivables Due Date or (if the final Extended Tentative Date falls
after the Scheduled Receivables Due Date) the final Extended Tentative Date,
successive period(s) of one (1) week each, starting from, and including, such
Scheduled Receivables Due Date or such final Extended Tentative Date, as the
case may be, and repeating up to such Receivables Payment Date or the sixtieth
(60th) date after such Scheduled Receivables Due Date, whichever comes earlier
(with final such period being one (1) week or shorter period up to, but
excluding, such final date);

      "Perfection Document" means, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, a
written consent duly executed by the relevant Buyer, or a written notice to the
relevant Buyer duly executed by the Seller, detailing the assignment by the
Seller to the Purchaser of such Purchased Receivable, such consent or notice
being in the form of a document duly date-stamped (kakutei hizuke) by a notary
public or otherwise in any case in accordance with Article 467 (1) and (2) of
the Civil Code (Sho Ho) of Japan (Law No.49 of 1899, as amended) and in a form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, Provided that the
certificate of delivery (if applicable) issued by the postal service shall be
excluded from the Perfection Document;

      "P/N" means, in relation to a Receivable, a promissory note (yakusoku
tegata) duly issued by the relevant Buyer in accordance with the Law on Bills
(Tegata Ho) of Japan (Law No.20 of 1932, as amended) for the payment of such
Receivable, which shall be assignable;

      "Potential Termination Event" means any event or circumstances which, if
it continued after the giving of any notice and/or the expiry of any grace
period, would become a Termination Event;

      "Purchase Limit" means five billion Yen (5,000,000,000), as may be
cancelled from time to time as a whole or in part pursuant to Clause 2.1;

      "Purchase Order" means, in relation to Equipment, the purchase order (or
its equivalent regardless of whether it is titled as such) for such Equipment
duly executed


                                        8

<PAGE>

and delivered to the Seller by the Buyer of such Equipment, which shall detail
the description and the ordered quantity of, and the payment terms for, such
Equipment;

      "Purchase Period" means the period from and including the Initial Closing
Date up to and including a day which is the second (2nd) anniversary of the date
hereof;

      "Purchase Price" has the meaning set out in Clause 4.1 or 8.1, as the case
may be;

      "Purchased Receivables" means all of those Initial Receivables and
Accepted Receivables which have actually been purchased by the Purchaser in
accordance with Clause 5 or 9, as the case may be, other than Receivables which
have been repurchased by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

      "Receivables" means all amounts owed by Buyers to the Seller pursuant to
the Sales Agreements;

      "Receivables Payment Date" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, the date or each of the dates on which such Purchased Receivable is
paid in full or in any part to the Purchaser through the Collection Account
pursuant to Clause 20.4 or collected in full or in any part by means of
collection of the obligations represented by the P/N pursuant to Clause 20.3, as
the case may be, or otherwise to the Purchaser in accordance with this
Agreement, in each case in immediately available funds;

      "Records" means all Sales Agreements, contracts, other documents, books,
records and other information maintained by the Seller (in that capacity and as
Collection Agent) with respect to the Purchased Receivables;

      "Reduced Amount" means, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, the amount
(if any) in Yen equal to the Face Value minus the Revised Face Value of such
Purchased Receivable;

      "Reduction Adjustment Amount" means, in relation to a Purchased
Receivable, the amount (if any) in Yen equal to (i) (if the Partial Acceptance
of the Equipment relating to such Purchased Receivable occurs prior to the fifth
(5th) business day before the relevant Tentative Receivables Due Date) the
Reduced Amount minus the Reduction Adjustment Discount relating to such
Purchased Receivable, (ii) (if such Partial Acceptance occurs on the fifth (5th)
business day before the relevant Tentative Receivables Due Date) the Reduced
Amount relating to such Purchased Receivable or (iii) (if such Partial
Acceptance occurs after the fifth (5th) business day before the relevant
Tentative Receivables Due Date) the Reduced Amount plus the Reduction Adjustment
Premium relating to such Purchased Receivable;

      "Reduction Adjustment Discount" means, in relation to a Purchased
Receivable, the amount in Yen equal to the Reduced Amount relating to such
Purchased Receivable multiplied by the Discount Rate which has been applied to
such Purchased Receivable


                                        9

<PAGE>

and further by a fraction the numerator of which is the Reduction Adjustment
Discount Period and the denominator of which is the Discount Period, both
applicable to such Purchased Receivable;

      "Reduction Adjustment Discount Period" applicable to a Purchased
Receivable means the actual number of days elapsed during the period from, and
including, the date of the Partial Acceptance (if any) of the Equipment relating
to such Purchased Receivable to, but excluding, the date five (5) business days
before the Tentative Receivables Due Date for such Purchased Receivable;

      "Reduction Adjustment Premium" means, in relation to a Purchased
Receivable, the amount in Yen which shall be calculated in such manner as is
applicable to the Adjustment Amount payable by the Seller relating to a Paid
Amount on a Receivables Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable as if the
relevant Reduced Amount were such Paid Amount and the date five (5) business
days after the relevant Partial Acceptance were such Receivables Payment Date;

      "Related Security" means in relation to any Purchased Receivable (i) all
of the Seller's interest, if any, in the Equipment (including returned
Equipment, if any), the sale of which by the Seller gave rise to such Purchased
Receivables, (ii) all other encumbrance, if any, purporting to secure payment of
such Purchased Receivable, whether pursuant to the Sales Agreement relating to
such Purchased Receivable or otherwise and (iii) all guarantees, insurance or
other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or
securing payment of such Purchased Receivable whether pursuant to the Sales
Agreement relating to such Purchased Receivable or otherwise;

      "Repurchase Discount" means in relation to a Purchased Receivable to be
repurchased by the Seller the amount in Yen equal to its Face Value or the
Revised Face Value, as the case may be, multiplied by the Discount Rate which
has been applied to such Purchased Receivable and further by a fraction the
numerator of which is the Repurchase Discount Period and the denominator of
which is the Discount Period, both applicable to such Purchased Receivable;

      "Repurchase Discount Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable to be
repurchased by the Seller means the actual number of days elapsed during the
period from, and including, the date on which such Purchased Receivable is
actually repurchased and paid for by the Seller to, but excluding, the Tentative
Receivables Due Date for such Purchased Receivable;

      "Repurchase Premium" means in relation to a Purchased Receivable to be
repurchased by the Seller the amount in Yen which shall be calculated in such
manner as is applicable to the Adjustment Amount payable by the Seller relating
to a Paid Amount on a Receivables Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable as
if the relevant Face


                                       10

<PAGE>

Value or Revised Face Value were such Paid Amount and the date on which such
Purchased Receivable is actually repurchased were such Receivables Payment Date;

      "Reset Date" has the meaning set out in Clause 10.2, and the first, second
or subsequent Reset Date shall be construed accordingly;

      "Reset Period" applicable to a Purchased Receivable means a Partial
Adjustment Period for such Purchased Receivable referred to in Paragraph (i)(a)
or (ii)(a) of the definition of the Partial Adjustment Period as if (if
applicable) it were not shortened by occurrence of a Receivables Payment Date
for such Purchased Receivable;

      "Revised Face Value" means, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, the
amount in Yen less than the Face Value of such Purchased Receivable which has
been agreed upon between the Seller and the relevant Buyer as an amount payable
as a purchase price of the Equipment relating to such Purchased Receivable (less
the Deposit, if any, in relation to such Purchased Receivable) following the
performance test of such Equipment;

      "Sales Agreement" means the agreement (whether in writing or oral) between
the Seller and the Buyer with respect to a sale of Equipment (including the
Purchase Order) governing the terms and conditions of such sale (including all
the agreements, instruments and any other documents relating or ancillary
thereto), as such agreement may be amended or modified from time to time;

      "Scheduled Receivables Due Date" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, the date on which the Face Value or the Revised Face Value, as the
case may be, of such Purchased Receivable will be unconditionally due and
payable by such Buyer pursuant to the terms of the relevant Sales Agreement;

      "Shipment" means, in relation to an Equipment, the shipment by the Seller
of such Equipment in accordance with the relevant Sales Agreement, the
occurrence and the date of which shall be certified by the Seller to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser;

      "Subsequent Closing Date" means each such date as agreed upon between the
Seller and the Purchaser in accordance with Clause 7 as a date on which an
Accepted Receivable is to be assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 9,
which must be a business day and must not be a date later than the last day of
the Purchase Period;

      "Tentative Acceptance Date" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, the date which is agreed upon between the Seller and the Purchaser
in the relevant Assignment as a date on which the Acceptance of the Equipment
relating to such Purchased Receivable is likely to occur, but shall in no event
be later than the date which is two hundred and seventy (270) days after the
date of Shipment of such Equipment;

      "Tentative Acceptance Period" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, a period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Tentative
Acceptance Date for such Purchased Receivable;


                                       11

<PAGE>

      "Tentative Credit Period" means, in relation to each Purchased Receivable,
the period which is agreed upon, based on the payment terms provided for in the
Purchase Order for the Equipment relating to such Purchased Receivable, between
the Seller and the Purchaser in the relevant Assignment as a period commencing
on the date immediately following the date of Acceptance of such Equipment at
the end of which such Purchased Receivable is due to be paid by the relevant
Buyer, but shall in no event be longer than two hundred and twenty-five (225)
days;

      "Tentative Receivables Due Date" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, the date which is specified in the relevant Assignment as the last
day of the Tentative Receivables Period for such Purchased Receivable;

      "Tentative Receivables Period" means, in relation to each Purchased
Receivable, the period which is the sum of the Tentative Acceptance Period and
the Tentative Credit Period for such Purchased Receivable;

      "Termination" has the meaning set out in Clause 27.1;

      "Termination Event" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Fifth Schedule;
and

      "Transaction Documents" means any agreement or document entered into
pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

1.2         In this Agreement:

      "business day" means any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which
banks are open for business in Tokyo;

      a "Clause", "Part", "Recital" or "Schedule" is, subject to any contrary
indication, a reference to a clause or part hereof or a recital or schedule
hereto;

      an "encumbrance" shall be construed as a reference to a mortgage, charge,
pledge, lien or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any
other type of preferential arrangement (including, without limitation, title
transfer and retention arrangements) having a similar effect;

      a "person " shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm,
company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association
or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more
of the foregoing;

      "stamp duty" shall be construed as a reference to any stamp, registration
or to the transaction or documentary tax (including, without limitation any
penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay
in paying any of the same);


                                       12

<PAGE>

      "tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy, impost, duty or
other charge of a similar nature (including, without limitation, any penalty or
interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying
any of the same); and

      the "rehabilitation", "bankruptcy", "dissolution", "insolvency",
"liquidation", "receivership" or "winding-up" of any person shall be construed
so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the laws of the
jurisdiction in which such person is incorporated (or, if not a company or
corporation, domiciled) or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on
business.

1.3         "_" and "Yen" denote lawful currency of Japan.

1.4         Save where the contrary is indicated, any reference in this
Agreement to:

            (i)     this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be
construed as a reference to this Agreement, or, as the case may be, such other
agreement or document as the same may have been, or may from time to time be,
amended, varied, novated or supplemented;

            (ii)    a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute
as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted; and

            (iii)   a time of day (including opening and closing of business)
shall be construed as a reference to Tokyo time.

1.5   Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.


                                     Part 2

                   GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SALE OF RECEIVABLES

2.    Terms of Purchase

2.1         On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Seller will
sell, and the Purchaser will purchase, the Receivables, which must be the
Eligible Receivables, from time to time during the Purchase Period.  Under no
circumstances shall the Purchaser make any purchase of a Receivable if, after
giving effect to such purchase, the aggregate sum of the Purchase Price of the
Purchased Receivables the payment of which has not been received by the
Purchaser would exceed the Purchase Limit.  The Seller may cancel the Purchase
Limit, or any part of it which is fifty million yen (_50,000,000) or a whole
multiple of that amount, without premium or penalty at any time before the last
day of the Purchase Period by giving to the Purchaser not less than three (3)
business days' notice of the date and amount of the cancellation.


                                       13

<PAGE>

2.2         The sale referred to in Parts 3 and 4 does not constitute and is not
intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Purchaser of any
obligation of the Seller or any other person in connection with the Receivables
or the Sales Agreements, or under any other agreement or instrument relating
thereto.

2.3         For purposes of this Agreement, if as of the relevant Closing Date a
Purchased Receivable is, in accordance with the Sales Agreement for the
Equipment in relation to such Purchased Receivable, to be payable by the
relevant Buyer in two or more installments, each amount owed by such Buyer
payable in each such installment shall be deemed and treated as if each such
amount were a separate and single Purchased Receivable.


                                     Part 3

                           SALE OF INITIAL RECEIVABLES

3.    Sale and Purchase

3.1         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Seller
hereby agrees to sell on the Initial Closing Date, and the Purchaser agrees to
purchase on such date, all of the Seller's right, title and interest in, to and
under the Initial Receivables including for the avoidance of doubt:-

            (i)     the right to receive all Collections in respect thereof; and

            (ii)    all Related Security with respect to the Initial Receivables
and all proceeds thereof.

3.2         The sale and purchase of each of the Initial Receivables referred to
in Clause 3.1 shall be effected by an assignment substantially in the form set
out in Part 1 of the Third Schedule.

4.    Consideration

4.1         Subject to the adjustment as provided for in Clauses 10 and 11, the
consideration payable by the Purchaser for the sale and purchase of each of the
Initial Receivables shall be an amount in Yen equal to the Face Value minus the
Discount in relation to such Initial Receivable (the "Purchase Price").  The
Purchase Price shall be payable in accordance with Clause 5.1.

5.    Initial Closing

5.1         Completion of the sale and purchase contemplated by Clause 3.1 shall
take place on the Initial Closing Date (subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions precedent

                                       14

<PAGE>

set out in Part 1 of the Second Schedule, any of which may be waived in the
Purchaser's sole discretion), whereupon:

            (i)     the Seller shall assign to the Purchaser each of the Initial
Receivables by the Seller's and the Purchaser's executing and delivering to the
other the Assignment in relation to such Initial Receivables;

            (ii)    the Seller shall deliver the Initial Sales Agreements to the
Purchaser;

            (iii)   if the P/N in relation to an Initial Receivable has been
issued by the Buyer in favor of the Seller, the Seller shall make endorsement
without recourse (mutanpo uragaki) on such P/N in favor of the Purchaser and
deliver such P/N to the Purchaser; and

            (iv)    the Purchaser shall pay the aggregate Purchase Price of the
Initial Receivables to the Seller in accordance with Clause 25.1.


                                     Part 4

                         SALE OF ADDITIONAL RECEIVABLES

6.    Offers of Additional Receivables

6.1         The Seller may invite the Purchaser to take an assignment of
Additional Receivables, which must be Eligible Receivables, at any time during
the Purchase Period by delivering to the Purchaser not less than five (5)
business days before the proposed date of assignment an Offer substantially in
the form set out in Part 2 of the Third Schedule.

6.2         Each Offer delivered by the Seller pursuant to Clause 6.1 shall:

            (i)     constitute an offer by the Seller to sell and assign on the
proposed date of assignment to the Purchaser (by way of outright sale and not
merely by way of security) all of the Seller's right, title and interest in and
to an Additional Receivable to which such Offer relates (the "Available
Receivable"), including for the avoidance of doubt:

                  (a)    the right to receive all Collections in respect
thereof; and

                  (b)    all Related Security with respect to such Available
Receivable and all proceeds thereof;

            (ii)    specify in relation to the Available Receivable:


                                       15

<PAGE>

                  (a)    the name of the Buyer who owes the Available
Receivable;

                  (b)    the Face Value thereof;

                  (c)    description of the Equipment sold in relation to the
Available Receivable;

                  (d)    the date of the Purchase Order relating to the
Available Receivable;

                  (e)    the proposed date of assignment, which must be a
business day and must not be a date later than the last day of the Purchase
Period;

                  (f)    the payment terms as provided for in the Purchase Order
relating to the Available Receivable;
                  (g)    the date of Shipment of the Equipment relating to the
Available Receivable;

                  (h)    the date and the period which the Seller proposes as
the Tentative Acceptance Date and the Tentative Credit Period, respectively, for
the Available Receivable;

                  (i)    a selection (which may be tentative and subject to
change in the sole discretion of the Seller by the second business day prior to
the Subsequent Closing Date for the Available Receivable) of either the LIBOR
Based Rate or the COF Based Rate as the Discount Interest Rate applicable to the
Available Receivable; and

                  (j)    whether a P/N in relation to the Available Receivable
has been or is to be issued by the Buyer; and

            (iii)   be accompanied by a copy of the Sales Agreement relating to
the Available Receivable.


6.3         The Seller shall disclose to the Purchaser such documents or other
information as the Purchaser may reasonably request to enable it to determine
whether an Available Receivable is an Eligible Receivable.

7.    Acceptance of Offers

7.1         The Purchaser shall accept any Offer of the Available Receivable
which is an Eligible Receivable made by the Seller pursuant to Clause 6.


                                       16

<PAGE>

7.2         If the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 7.1 accepts any Offer made by
the Seller in accordance with Clause 6, it shall notify the Seller in accordance
with Clause 34.  Any such acceptance shall be irrevocable and binding upon the
Purchaser.  When an Offer is so accepted by the Purchaser, an Available
Receivable to which such Offer relates shall become an "Accepted Receivable".

8.    Consideration

8.1         Subject to the adjustment as provided for in Clauses 10 and 11, the
consideration payable by the Purchaser for sale and purchase of an Accepted
Receivable shall be an amount in Yen equal to the Face Value minus the Discount
in relation to such Accepted Receivable (the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase
Price shall be payable in accordance with Clause 9.1.

9.    Assignment of Accepted Receivables

9.1         If the Available Receivable has become the Accepted Receivable in
accordance with Clause 7.2, completion of the sale and purchase of an Accepted
Receivable shall take place on the Subsequent Closing Date for such Accepted
Receivable (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set out in
Part 2 of the Second Schedule, any of which may be waived in the Purchaser's
sole discretion), whereupon:

      (i)    the Seller shall assign to the Purchaser such Accepted Receivable
by the Seller's and the Purchaser's executing and delivering to the other an
Assignment in relation to such Accepted Receivable;

      (ii)   the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser the Additional Sales
Agreement to which such Accepted Receivable relates;

      (iii)  if the P/N in relation to such Accepted Receivable has been issued
by the Buyer in favor of the Seller, the Seller shall make endorsement without
recourse (mutanpo uragaki) on such P/N in favor of the Purchaser and deliver
such P/N to the Purchaser; and

      (iv)   the Purchaser shall make a payment of the Purchase Price of such
Accepted Receivable in accordance with Clause 25.1.


                                     Part 5

                           ADJUSTMENT OF CONSIDERATION

10.  Normal Adjustment


                                       17

<PAGE>

10.1         In relation to each of the Purchased Receivables, an adjustment
amount (the "Adjustment Amount") (if any) calculated in accordance with Clause
10.3 shall be payable on a Receivables Payment Date for such Purchased
Receivable.  The Adjustment Amount shall be payable by the Seller to the
Purchaser if a Receivables Payment Date falls on a date which is later than the
Tentative Receivables Due Date for such Purchased Receivable.  The Adjustment
Amount shall be payable by the Purchaser to the Seller if a Receivables Payment
Date falls on a date which is earlier than a Tentative Receivables Due Date for
such Purchased Receivable.

10.2         In relation to a Purchased Receivable for which the Scheduled
Receivables Due Date has not been determined as of the date (the first "Reset
Date") three (3) business days before the Tentative Receivables Due Date, the
Seller shall on the first Reset Date notify in writing the Purchaser of (i) the
date (the first "Extended Tentative Date") on or around which the Seller
reasonably expects such Purchased Receivable will be paid by the relevant Buyer
and (ii) its election of either the Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate or the
Adjustment COF Based Rate as a rate applicable to the period up to the Extended
Tentative Date.  If the Scheduled Due Date has not been determined as of the
date (the second "Reset Date") three (3) business days before the first Extended
Tentative Date, the Seller shall on the second Reset Date notify in writing the
Purchaser of the second Extended Tentative Date and its election of the
applicable rate in a manner similar to the first Reset Date, which procedures,
if applicable, shall be repeatedly taken.  In relation to a Purchased Receivable
for which the Scheduled Receivables Due Date has been determined as of the Reset
Date or any subsequent Reset Date, the Seller shall on such Reset Date notify in
writing the Purchaser of its election of either the Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate
or the Adjustment COF Based Rate as a rate applicable to the period up to such
Scheduled Receivables Due Date.

10.3         "Adjustment Amount" in relation to a Purchased Receivable and a
Receivables Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable shall be the amount in
Yen which shall be calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in
Paragraph (i) below, if it is payable by the Purchaser, or the amount equal to
the sum of each Partial Adjustment Amount to be calculated in accordance with
the formula set forth in Paragraph (ii) below, if it is payable by the Seller.

             (i)  A = B x C x (D/E)

             where:

                  A =  the Adjustment Amount
                  B =  the Paid Amount on such Receivables Payment Date
                  C =  the Discount Rate applicable to such Purchased Receivable
                  D =  the Adjustment Period applicable to such Purchased
Receivable and Receivables Payment Date
                  E =  the Discount Period applicable to such Purchased
Receivable; and


                                       18

<PAGE>

             (ii)   A = B x C x (D/365)

             where:

                    A =  each Partial Adjustment Amount
                    B =  the Paid Amount on such Receivables Payment Date
                    C =  (x) the Adjustment LIBOR Based Rate or the Adjustment
COF Based Rate, as elected by the Seller, applicable to the Reset Period
relating to the relevant Partial Adjustment Period or (y) the Adjustment LIBOR
Based Rate applicable to the Overdue Reset Period relating to the relevant
Partial Adjustment Period
                    D =  each Partial Adjustment Period applicable to such
Purchased Receivable and Receivables Payment Date

             Provided that the Margin applicable to the Adjustment LIBOR Based
Rate or the Adjustment COF Based Rate, as the case may be, shall be reduced to
nine-twentieths of one percent (0.45%) for the days elapsed during a Partial
Adjustment Period which also fall under the Margin Reduction Period in relation
to such Purchased Receivable.  The "Margin Reduction Period" in relation to a
Purchased Receivable shall be the period during which (x) the Acceptance or the
Partial Acceptance of the Equipment in relation to such Purchased Receivable has
occurred, (y) the conditions precedent set out in Paragraph 2(a) of Part 1 or
Part 2, as the case may be, of the Second Schedule have been satisfied, or, as
the case may be, the P/N in relation to such Purchased Receivable has been
issued by the relevant Buyer to the Purchaser and (z) the relevant Buyer is
given and maintains a rating in respect of its long-term unsecured and
unsubordinated debt being "A" or higher by any of Standard & Poor's Corporation,
Moody's Investors Service Inc. or Japan Bond Research Institute.

10.4         If, in relation to a Purchased Receivable, there is the Margin
Reduction Period prior to the Tentative Receivables Due Date, the Margin
Reduction Amount shall be payable by the Purchaser to the Seller on such
Tentative Receivables Due Date.  The "Margin Reduction Amount" in relation to a
Purchased Receivable shall be the amount in Yen which shall be calculated by
multiplying the Purchase Price of such Purchased Receivable (or, if a Receivable
Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable comes earlier than the Tentative
Receivables Due Date, such portion of such Purchase Price as is corresponding to
a Paid Amount on such Receivables Payment Date) (i) by nine-twentieths of one
percent (0.45%) and (ii) further by a fraction the numerator of which is the
actual number of days elapsed during such Margin Reduction Period up to, but
excluding, such Tentative Receivables Due Date (or, if a Receivables Payment
Date for such Purchased Receivable comes earlier than the Tentative Receivables
Due Date, such Receivables Payment Date) and the denominator of which is 365.

11.   Adjustment due to Reduction of Face Value


                                       19

<PAGE>

11.1         On the fifth (5th) business day after the date on which the Partial
Acceptance (if any) occurs, the Reduction Adjustment Amount (if any) shall be
payable by the Seller to the Purchaser.

                                     Part 6

                    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

12.   Representations and Warranties

12.1         The Seller (in such capacity and as the Collection Agent)
represents and warrants to the Purchaser that as of (i) the date hereof, (ii)
the Initial Closing Date, (iii) each Subsequent Closing Date, (iv) the date of
each Offer, and (v) (except in relation to the representations and warranties
that the Buyer by whom the relevant Purchased Receivable is owed is the Eligible
Buyer, or that the relevant Purchased Receivable is not overdue, is legally and
beneficially owned by the Seller) each day on which any Purchased Receivable is
outstanding until the Scheduled Receivables Due Date has been determined for all
of the Purchased Receivable and sixty (60) days have passed after the last
Scheduled Receivables Due Date, each of the statements set out in the Sixth
Schedule is true, by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the
relevant time, Provided that, in connection with Paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv)
above, the representations and warranties provided for in Part 3 of the Sixth
Schedule in relation to a Purchased Receivable shall be deemed to be made by the
Seller on the relevant Closing Date and the date of the relevant Offer.

13.   Financial Information

13.1         The Seller shall, until the later of the expiry of the Purchase
Period and the date which is sixty (60) days after the last Scheduled
Receivables Due Date following the determination of the Scheduled Receivable Due
Date for all of the Purchased Receivables:

             (i)    within one hundred (100) days after the end of each of its
financial years, deliver to the Purchaser its financial statements for such
financial year; and

             (ii)   within fifty-five (55) days after the end of each of its
financial quarters, deliver to the Purchaser its financial statements for such
financial quarter.

13.2         The Seller shall ensure that:

             (i)    each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
Clause 13.1 (i) is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in Japan and consistently applied (except for changes disclosed
therein);


                                       20

<PAGE>

             (ii)   each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
Clause 13.1 (i) is certified by a duly authorized officer as giving a true and
fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the period to which those
financial statements relate and of the results of its operations during such
period;

             (iii)  each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to
Clause 13.1 (i) has been reviewed by an internationally recognized firm of
independent auditors; and

             (iv)   each set of quarterly financial statements delivered by it
pursuant to Clause 13.1 (ii) is prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in Japan and consistently applied (except for
changes disclosed therein).

14.   Seller's Covenants

14.1         The Seller shall, until the later of the expiry of the Purchase
Period and the date which is sixty (60) days after the last Scheduled
Receivables Due Date following the determination of the Scheduled Receivables
Due Date for all of the Purchased Receivables:

             (i)     obtain, comply in all material respects with the terms of
and do all that is necessary and reasonably practicable to maintain in full
force and effect all authorizations, approvals, licenses and consents required
in or by the laws and regulations of Japan to enable it lawfully to enter into
and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each Assignment from time
to time in respect of any Purchased Receivables or to ensure the legality,
validity, enforceability against the Seller or admissibility in evidence in
Japan of this Agreement or any such Assignment;

             (ii)    ensure that at all times the claims against it under this
Agreement rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured
creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar laws of general application;

             (iii)   permit audit and inspection under its guidance of its
Records by or on behalf of the Purchaser during normal working hours upon
reasonable notice and with reasonable frequency;

             (iv)    maintain sufficient operating procedures to manage the
transactions contemplated herein and to perform its obligations hereunder;

             (v)     (without prejudice to Clause 16.1) indemnify the Purchaser
from and against all liabilities, losses and fees, costs and expenses in respect
of any breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties made by it
pursuant to the terms of Clause 12;


                                       21

<PAGE>

             (vi)    furnish to the Purchaser sufficient copies of such other
information relating to its business as may be reasonably requested in writing
by the Purchaser in order to enable it to carry out its functions hereunder;

             (vii)   do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly
existing under the laws of Japan and maintain all requisite authority to conduct
its business in Japan;

             (viii)  comply in all respects which could be regarded as material
in the context of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with all
laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or
awards to which it may be subject;

             (ix)    deliver to the Purchaser the certificate of delivery (if
applicable) of the Perfection Document issued by the postal service as soon as
practicable after it receives the same;

             (x)     ensure, in relation to a Purchased Receivable to which the
conditions precedent set out in Paragraph 2(b) of Part 1 or Part 2, as the case
may be, of the Second Schedule have been satisfied, that the relevant Buyer
issues the P/N to the Seller promptly upon (but subject to the applicable terms
of the relevant Sales Agreement) the Acceptance or the Partial Acceptance of the
relevant Equipment, and if the P/N is issued (regardless of whether or not such
conditions precedent were applicable) to the Seller, promptly notify the
Purchaser thereof and make endorsement without recourse (mutanpo uragaki) on
such P/N in favor of the Purchaser and deliver, or cause to be delivered, such
P/N to the Purchaser;

             (xi)    give the Purchaser notice of any material change to its
administrative and operating procedures in relation to the keeping and
maintaining of Records;

             (xii)   at its expense, in a timely manner fully perform and comply
with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it
under the Sales Agreements related to the Purchased Receivables as if interests
in such Purchased Receivables have not been assigned and sold hereunder;

             (xiii)  promptly after it becomes aware of the occurrence of any of
the Termination Events or the Potential Termination Events, notify the Purchaser
thereof; and

             (xiv)   cooperate with the Purchaser and execute and deliver to the
Purchaser such other instruments and documents and take such other actions as
may be reasonably requested from time to time in order to carry out, evidence
and confirm the Purchaser's rights and the intended purpose of this Agreement,
including, but not limited


                                       22

<PAGE>

to, perfecting, protecting or evidencing the Purchaser's right and interest in
or to the Purchased Receivables.

14.2         The Seller shall not:

             (i)    sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose
of any Purchased Receivables other than pursuant hereto, or attempt, purport or
agree to do any of the foregoing;

             (ii)   cancel, terminate, amend, modify or waive any material term
or condition of any Sales Agreement relating to Purchased Receivables, except
insofar as the provisions contained in Clauses 11, 16 and 17 are complied with
by the Seller;

             (iii)  compromise or settle any dispute or claim in respect of any
Purchased Receivable;

             (iv)   take any action which is reasonably likely to prejudice the
validity or recoverability of any Purchased Receivable;

             (v)    seek to challenge the validity of any sale of Receivables in
any legal proceedings; or

             (vi)   do anything which would materially and adversely affect the
interests of the Purchaser hereunder or the maintenance by the Purchaser of any
licenses, exemptions, authorizations or consents necessary in connection with
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

15.   Purchaser's Covenants

15.1         The Purchaser shall obtain, comply with the terms of and do all
that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations,
approvals, licenses and consents required in or by the laws and regulations of
Japan to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under this
Agreement or to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility
in evidence in Japan of this Agreement or of any Assignment pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.

16.   Seller's Indemnity

16.1         Without limiting any other rights which the Purchaser may have
hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller (in such capacity and as the
Collection Agent) hereby agrees to indemnify the Purchaser and its officers,
directors, agents and employees from and against any and all damages, losses,
claims, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements including any tax thereon (all of
the foregoing being collectively referred to as "Indemnified Amounts") awarded


                                       23

<PAGE>

against or incurred by any of them in connection with this Agreement, or the
acquisition of an interest by the Purchaser in the Purchased Receivables, as a
result of any breach by the Seller or the Collection Agent (insofar as the
Seller is the Collection Agent) of any representation, warranty or covenant made
or deemed to be made hereunder or in connection herewith or the transactions
contemplated hereby, excluding, however, (i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent
that a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such
Indemnified Amounts resulted solely from gross negligence or wilful misconduct
on the part of the Purchaser or any of its officers, directors, agents or
employees or (ii) Indemnified Amounts arising out of the failure of any Buyer to
pay amounts lawfully owed in respect of a Purchased Receivable.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing (and without prejudice to Clause 17),
the Seller shall indemnify, to the extent not indemnified as a result of the
operation of Clause 17.4, the Purchaser for Indemnified Amounts relating to or
resulting from:

             (i)     the sale and assignment to the Purchaser hereunder of any
Receivable other than an Eligible Receivable;

             (ii)    reliance on any representation or warranty made by the
Seller (or any officers of the Seller), under or in connection with this
Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents or any other material information
or report delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser which shall have been false,
incorrect or omitting of any material fact at the time made or deemed made;

             (iii)   the failure by the Seller (or any officer of the Seller) to
comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Purchased
Receivable or the related Sales Agreement or the non-conformity of any Purchased
Receivables or the related Sales Agreement with any such applicable law, rule or
regulation;

             (iv)    the failure to vest and maintain in the Purchaser the
Purchased Receivables free and clear of any encumbrance;

             (v)     any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than the
discharge in bankruptcy of the Buyer) of the Buyer to the payment of a Purchased
Receivable, including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or
the related Sales Agreement not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of
such Buyer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, any defect of
the Equipment which has been sold under the Sales Agreements or the failure by
the Seller to perform any obligations related to such related Sales Agreement
under any applicable laws, rules or regulations;

             (vi)    any failure of the Seller to perform its duties or
obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents;


                                       24

<PAGE>

             (vii)   any disclosure of information regarding the Buyer by the
Seller to the Purchaser or the supply of any Sales Agreements, Records and all
other related documents to the Purchaser; and

             (viii)  any claim arising from collection activities conducted by
the Seller.


                                     Part 7

                            REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES

17.   Repurchase of Receivables

17.1         No later than the fifth (5th) business day following the date of a
demand in writing from the Purchaser (which demand the Purchaser may in its sole
discretion in accordance with this Clause 17.1, but will in no event be required
to, make) in relation to any Purchased Receivable in respect of which, at the
time of giving such demand:-

             (i)    (a) the conditions set forth in Paragraph 2(a) of Part 1 or
Part 2, as the case may be, of the Second Schedule have been satisfied (or such
conditions would have been applicable, but have been waived by the Purchaser),
but the obligation of the Buyer to pay the Face Value or (if applicable) the
Revised Face Value of such Purchased Receivable is, or the Buyer claims that
such obligation is, not enforceable in full by the Purchaser in accordance with
the terms of the relevant Sales Agreement for any reason whatsoever, including,
without limitation, any defense, or asserted defense, of the Buyer to such
obligation (but excluding the discharge in accordance with applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally); (b) the condition precedent set
forth in Paragraph 2(b) of Part 1 or Part 2, as the case may be, of the Second
Schedule has been satisfied (or such condition would have been applicable, but
has been waived by the Purchaser), but (1) the P/N is not delivered by the Buyer
to the Seller in accordance with the relevant Sales Agreement following the
Acceptance or the Partial Acceptance or (2) the obligation represented by the
P/N held by the Purchaser is, or the Buyer claims that such obligation is, not
enforceable in full for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation,
any defense or asserted defense, of the Buyer to such obligation or the
underlying Purchased Receivable (but excluding the discharge in accordance with
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the rights of creditors generally);

             (ii)   any representation or warranty set out in Part 3 of the
Sixth Schedule is incorrect when made or deemed to be made pursuant to Clause
12.1;

             (iii)  the Seller, or the Buyer claims that the Seller, has failed
to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation, in a manner which is
likely to affect Buyer's


                                       25

<PAGE>

obligation to pay the Face Value or (if applicable) the Revised Face Value or to
adversely affect the relevant Related Security (if any);

             (iv)   the Seller, or the Buyer claims that the Seller, has failed,
or is unable, to perform any of its obligations under the related Sales
Agreement;

             (v)    (without prejudice to the generality of any of the
foregoing) the Acceptance or the Partial Acceptance of the Equipment relating to
such Purchased Receivable has not occurred on or before two hundred and seventy
(270) days after the Shipment Date for such Purchased Receivable;

             (vi)   (without prejudice to the generality of any of the
foregoing) the Scheduled Receivables Due Date for such Purchased Receivable has
been determined to be a date which renders the period from the Acceptance or (if
applicable) the Partial Acceptance relating to such Purchased Receivable to such
Scheduled Receivables Due Date longer than the period equal to (a) two hundred
and twenty-five (225) days or (b) the sum of the Tentative Credit Period for
such Purchased Receivable and forty-four (44) days, whichever is shorter; or

             (vii)  (without prejudice to the generality of any of the
foregoing) it has been determined between the Seller and the relevant Buyer that
the Acceptance or the Partial Acceptance of the Equipment relating to such
Purchased Receivable will not occur, including, but not limited to, the case
where it has been determined that such Equipment is to be replaced in whole,

             Provided that the Buyer's claim referred to in Paragraphs (i),
(iii) and (iv) must be, if such claim is presented after the Acceptance or the
Partial Acceptance of the relevant Equipment, presented with such ground as is,
in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser, reasonable under the circumstances.

the Seller shall repurchase such Purchased Receivable.

17.2         Upon payment by the Seller of the repurchase price (to be
calculated in accordance with Clause 17.3) in respect of a repurchase of any
Receivable pursuant to Clause 17.1 (at the cost of the Seller and without
recourse or warranty, except for the warranty expressly given in the relevant
Assignment, on the part of the Purchaser):

             (i)    the Purchaser shall re-assign to the Seller or its designee
all its right, title and interest in and to the Receivable(s) concerned,
including for the avoidance of doubt:

                    (a)  the right to receive all Collections in respect
thereof; and


                                       26

<PAGE>

                    (b)  all Related Security with respect to such Receivable(s)
and all proceeds thereof, by the Seller's (or its designee's) and the
Purchaser's execution and delivery to the other of an assignment in relation to
each such Receivable substantially in the form of Part 4 of the Third Schedule;
and

             (ii)   the Purchaser will deliver to the Seller (or its designee)
the relevant Sales Agreement and take all such other steps and comply with all
such other formalities as the Seller may reasonably request to perfect or more
fully to evidence or secure the Seller's (or its designee's) title to such
Receivable, including, where appropriate, by giving notice of such re-assignment
to the relevant Buyer in the form of a document duly date-stamped (kakutei
hizuke) and making endorsement without recourse (mutanpo uragaki) in favor of
the Seller (or its designee) on, and delivering to the Seller (or its designee),
the P/N (if any) which has been assigned to the Purchaser in relation to such
Receivable.

17.3         The repurchase price payable by the Seller to the Purchaser in
accordance with Clause 17.1 shall be:-

             (i)    if a Purchased Receivable is repurchased prior to its
Tentative Receivables Due Date, an amount in Yen equal to (x) the Face Value or
(if the Reduction Adjustment Amount has been paid in accordance with Clause
11.1) the Revised Face Value minus (y) the Repurchase Discount in relation to
such Purchased Receivable;

             (ii)   if a Purchased Receivable is repurchased on its Tentative
Receivables Due Date, an amount in Yen equal to the Face Value or (if the
Reduction Adjustment Amount has been paid in accordance with Clause 11.1) the
Revised Face Value of such Purchased Receivable; or

             (iii)  if a Purchased Receivable is repurchased after its Tentative
Receivables Due Date, an amount in Yen equal to (x) the Face Value or (if the
Reduction Adjustment Amount has been paid in accordance with Clause 11.1) the
Revised Face Value plus (y) the Repurchase Premium in relation to such Purchased
Receivable(s).

17.4         Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 16.1 and 18.1 to,
but only to, the extent of the repurchase price actually paid to the Purchaser,
the repurchase pursuant to Clause 17.1 of a Purchased Receivable shall be in
satisfaction and discharge of any right or remedies which the Purchaser may
otherwise have had as a result of any breach, anticipatory breach or other
circumstance on the part of or affecting the Seller (in that capacity or in its
capacity as Collection Agent) arising under this Agreement in relation to such
Receivable.


                                     Part 8


                                       27

<PAGE>

                          INDEMNITY FOR FUNDING LOSSES

18.   Indemnity by the Seller for Funding Losses

18.1         The Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser on demand for any
resulting loss or expense incurred by it, including (without limitation) any
loss incurred in obtaining, liquidating or redeploying deposits from third
parties, Provided that in the case of Paragraphs (i) and (ii) below in this
Clause 18.1 the amount of such loss or expense (which shall not be less than
zero) shall be determined in good faith by the Purchaser based on the formula
set out in each such Paragraph, Provided further that the Purchaser shall have
delivered to the Seller a certificate as to the amount of such loss or expense
setting out in reasonable detail the calculations resulting in such amount,
which certificate shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, if:-

             (i)    any amount in relation to a Purchased Receivable (including,
but not limited to, a Paid Amount, a repurchase price pursuant to Clause 17.3
and a Reduction Adjustment Amount) other than amounts payable pursuant to Clause
29 is received by the Purchaser prior to the Tentative Receivables Due Date for
such Purchased Receivable,

                    in which event the following formula shall apply:

                         Loss = A x (B - C) x (D/365)

                    where:

                         A =  the amount (or the relevant portion thereof)
required of Purchaser to fund the purchase of such Purchased Receivable
                         B =  the LIBOR or the COF, as the case may be,
applicable to the Discount Interest Rate for such Purchased Receivable
                         C =  the rate per annum, expressed as a decimal, of
interest which the Purchaser is reasonably able to obtain by placing an amount
equal to such amount so received on deposit in the Tokyo yen money market as of
the date of receipt of such amount for the period from, and including, the date
of such receipt of payment and to, but excluding, such Tentative Receivables Due
Date
                         D =  the actual number of days elapsed during the
period referred to in "C" above;

             (ii)   any amount in relation to a Purchased Receivable (including,
but not limited to, a Paid Amount, a repurchase price pursuant to Clause 17.3
and a Reduction Adjustment Amount) other than amounts payable pursuant to Clause
29 is received by the Purchaser after the relevant Tentative Receivables Due
Date but prior to the end of any Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period for such
Purchased Receivable,

                    in which event the following formula shall apply:


                                       28

<PAGE>

                         Loss = A x (B - C) x (D/365)

                    where:

                         A =  the amount (or the relevant portion thereof)
required of the Purchaser to continue (by means of refinance or otherwise) the
funding for the purchase of such Purchased Receivable
                         B =  the LIBOR or the COF, as the case may be,
applicable to such Reset Period or Overdue Reset Period
                         C =  the rate per annum, expressed as a decimal, of
interest which the Purchaser is reasonably able to obtain by placing an amount
equal to such amount so received on deposit in the Tokyo yen money market as of
the date of receipt of such amount for the period from, and including, the date
of such receipt of payment and to, but excluding, the last day of such Reset
Period or Overdue Reset Period
                         D =  the actual number of days elapsed during the
period referred to in "C" above; or

             (iii)  the assignment of any of the Initial Receivables or an
Accepted Receivable does not occur on the Initial Closing Date or the relevant
Subsequent Closing Date in accordance with Clause 5.1 or 9.1 (as the case may
be) by reason of non-fulfillment of any of the conditions set out in the Second
Schedule.


                                     Part 9

                            COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES

19.   Appointment of Collection Agent

19.1         Lam Research Co., Ltd. is hereby appointed by the Purchaser as its
agent to service, collect and administer all Purchased Receivables, to perform
all related functions and to enforce the Purchaser's rights and interests in and
under the Purchased Receivables, and Lam Research Co., Ltd. hereby accepts such
appointment as Collection Agent on the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement.
19.2         The Purchaser may at any time after the occurrence of a Termination
Event in the circumstances described in Clause 22, remove Lam Research Co., Ltd.
as Collection Agent.

19.3         Upon Lam Research Co., Ltd. being removed as Collection Agent
pursuant to Clause 22 the Purchaser may appoint a successor to act as Collection
Agent and shall forthwith notify the other parties hereto thereof, whereupon the
parties hereto and such successor shall, upon such successor confirming in
writing to the Purchaser that it agrees so to act, thereafter have the same
rights and obligations among them as would


                                       29

<PAGE>

have been the case had they then entered into an agreement in the form mutatis
mutandis of this Agreement.

19.4         For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby agreed that the Collection
Agent is not authorized to enter into any commitment on behalf of the Purchaser.

19.5         The Collection Agent hereby covenants and undertakes with the
Purchaser as set out in the Seventh Schedule.

19.6         The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Purchaser, including
its officers, directors and employees from and against any liability, loss,
expense, action, proceeding or claim which may be brought against, or suffered
or sustained, by the Purchaser, and/or such directors, officers and employees by
reason of any wrongful or negligent acts or omissions of the Collection Agent or
any of its directors, officers, employees or agents in the performance of its
duties hereunder.

19.7         The Collection Agent shall have no liability for any obligation of
a Buyer under any Purchased Receivable and nothing herein shall constitute a
guarantee, or similar obligation, by the Collection Agent of any Purchased
Receivable or any Buyer.

20.   Collection of Receivables

20.1         Save as otherwise provided herein, the proceeds of each Purchased
Receivable will, when paid, be collected by the Collection Agent.

20.2         The Collection Agent has opened a collection account  (account no.
13-23-016) (the "Collection Account") in its own name maintained at ABN AMRO
Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch and if at any time the Collection Agent ceases to be the
agent of the Purchaser for the purposes hereof, then its successor shall open in
its name such a Collection Account (maintained at such bank as the Purchaser
shall have approved) and the retiring Collection Agent shall transfer to the
credit thereof any amount standing to the credit of the Collection Account
opened by it together with accrued interest thereon.

20.3         The Collection Agent shall cause the Buyers to make payment in
respect of the Purchased Receivables into the Collection Account, Provided that
if the P/N has been issued in relation to a Purchased Receivable in favor of the
Seller and delivered to the Purchaser in accordance herewith, the Purchaser
shall collect on its behalf the amount represented by such P/N.

20.4         The Collection Agent shall pay any Collection collected in the
Collection Account with respect to a Purchased Receivable over to the Purchaser
in accordance with Clause 24 as soon as practicably possible (but in no event
later than the fifth (5th) business day after such collection) by giving a
standing debit and transfer authorization to ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch in
a form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser and maintaining such
authorization.  To secure the obligations of the


                                       30

<PAGE>

Collection Agent under this Clause 20.4, the Collection Agent hereby agrees to
take such reasonable measures as may be requested by the Purchaser so as to
create, a pledge in favor of the Purchaser over all its rights and interests in
and to the Collection Account and any moneys and balances from time to time
deposited therein or standing to the credit thereto or any proceeds thereof and
has submitted a deposit certificate for the Collection Account to the Purchaser.
If the Collection Agent fails to perform its obligations under the first
sentence of this Clause 20.4, (i) the Collection Agent hereby consents to the
Purchaser's immediate enforcement of such rights and interests as pledgee
directly against ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch without any notice or proof,
and (ii) the Purchaser, as a bank with whom the Collection Account is held,
shall be immediately entitled to set off any of its obligation owed to the
Collection Agent in relation to the Collection Account against any of such
obligations of the Collection Agent.  The Collection Agent will procure a
consent in writing to creation of the pledge from ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,  Tokyo
Branch, such consent being in the form of a document duly date-stamped (kakutei
hizuke) by a notary public in accordance with Article 467 (1) and (2) of the
Civil Code of Japan and in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Purchaser.

20.5         If, at any time the Collection Agent receives any Collections in
respect of any Purchased Receivables and the authority of the Collection Agent
to collect such Receivables has been terminated in accordance with this
Agreement then the Collection Agent shall pay such amount to the credit of such
account in Tokyo as the Purchaser shall have notified in writing for this
purpose in each case for value the same day.

20.6         Any amounts in respect of the collection proceeds of any Purchased
Receivable received by the Collection Agent (whether or not the appointment of
the Collection Agent has been terminated hereunder) shall be held for the
Purchaser.

21.   Cost, Expenses and Remuneration

21.1         The Purchaser authorizes the Collection Agent on its behalf, and
the Collection Agent undertakes to incur reasonable cost, expenses and charges
in connection with the enforcement of any Purchased Receivable and/or the
Purchaser's rights and remedies in relation thereto and it is agreed that
notwithstanding any provisions under the applicable laws (including, but not
limited to, Articles 649 and 650 of the Civil Code of Japan), the Collection
Agent shall have no recourse or claim for indemnification or payment against the
Purchaser in respect of such reasonable costs, expenses and charges.  Without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser, at the request of
the Collection Agent, shall provide it with reasonable assistance in connection
with such enforcement.

21.2         The Collection Agent is not entitled to any remuneration or
indemnity in respect of the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

22.   Removal or Termination of Collection Agent


                                       31

<PAGE>

22.1         If a Termination Event occurs, the Purchaser may at any time,
without prejudice to the Purchaser's other rights:

             (i)    by notice in writing to the Collection Agent terminate the
appointment of the Collection Agent under this Agreement and designate as a
successor collection agent any person to succeed the Collection Agent; and/or

             (ii)   notify the relevant Buyers that all payments in respect of
Purchased Receivables shall be made to the Purchaser or a successor collection
agent.

22.2         On and after termination of the appointment of the Collection Agent
under this Agreement pursuant to Clause 22.1, all rights, obligations (other
than liability for breaches of this Agreement by the Collection Agent or
liability in tort or for breach of trust (or other fiduciary duty) on the part
of the Collection Agent prior to such termination and the Collection Agent's
obligations under Clause 22.3 with respect to the performance of its duties
hereunder), authority and power of the Collection Agent under this Agreement
shall be terminated and of no further effect and the Collection Agent shall not
hold itself out in any way as the agent of the Purchaser.

22.3         Upon termination of the appointment of the Collection Agent under
this Agreement pursuant to Clause 22.1, the Collection Agent shall forthwith
deliver to the Purchaser or as it shall direct the Records in its possession or
under its control relating to the affairs of or belonging to the Purchaser and
the Purchased Receivables and any other security therefor and any moneys then
held by the Collection Agent on behalf of the Purchaser and shall take such
action as the Purchaser may reasonably direct.

22.4         The appointment of the Collection Agent under this Agreement shall
terminate (but without affecting any accrued rights and liabilities hereunder)
at such time as (i) the Purchaser has no further interest in any of the
Purchased Receivables and (ii) the Collection Agent is notified by the Purchaser
in accordance with Clause 34 that such is the case.

22.5         If there is any change in the identity of the Collection Agent in
accordance with this Agreement, the new collection agent and the Purchaser shall
execute such documents and take such actions as such collection agent and the
Purchaser may require for the purpose of vesting in such new collection agent
the rights and obligations of the Collection Agent under this Agreement and
releasing the retiring Collection Agent from its future obligations under this
Agreement.


                                     Part 10

                                    PAYMENTS


                                       32

<PAGE>

23.   Currency of Account and Payment

23.1         Yen is the currency of account and payment for each and every sum
at any time due from any person hereunder Provided that:

             (i)    each payment in respect of costs and expenses shall be made
in the currency in which the same were incurred; and

             (ii)   each payment which is expressed herein to be payable in
another currency shall be made in that other currency.

23.2         If any sum due from a person (a "relevant person") under this
Agreement or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be
converted from the currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable
hereunder or under such order or judgment into another currency (the "second
currency") for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the
relevant person, (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other
tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation
hereto, the relevant person shall indemnify and hold harmless the other person
to whom such sum is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of any
discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert
the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the
best rate or rates of exchange at which such other person is reasonably able to
purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid
to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim
or proof.  To the extent that the person to whom such payment is due receives an
amount in excess of the amount due to it under this Agreement, such person shall
forthwith pay an amount equal to any such excess to the relevant person.

23.3         All payments made by any person hereunder shall be made free and
clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or
counterclaim.

24.   Payments by the Seller or the Collection Agent

24.1         On each date upon which this Agreement requires an amount to be
paid by the Seller or the Collection Agent to the Purchaser hereunder, the
Seller or the Collection Agent (as the case may be) shall, save as expressly
provided otherwise herein, make the same available to the Purchaser:

             (i)    where such amount is denominated in Yen, by payment in Yen
and in immediately available funds to such account and bank in Tokyo as the
Purchaser shall have specified in writing for this purpose at least two business
days prior to such amount becoming payable; or

             (ii)   where such amount is denominated in a currency other than
Yen, by payment in such currency and in immediately available, freely
transferable,


                                       33

<PAGE>

cleared funds to such account with such bank in the principal financial centre
of the country of such currency as the Purchaser shall have specified in writing
for this purpose at least five business days prior to such amount becoming
available.

25.   Payments by the Purchaser

25.1         On each date upon which this Agreement requires an amount to be
paid to the Seller hereunder by the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall, save as
otherwise provided herein, make the same available to the Seller:

             (i)    where such amount is denominated in Yen, by payment in Yen
and in immediately available funds to the Seller at such account and bank as the
Seller shall have specified in writing for this purpose at least two business
days prior to such amount becoming payable; or

             (ii)   where such amount is denominated in a currency other than
Yen, by payment in such currency and in immediately available, freely
transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in the principal
financial centre of the country of such currency as the Seller shall have
specified in writing for this purpose at least five business days prior to such
amount becoming payable.


                                     Part 11

                                      TAXES

26.   Taxes

26.1         All payments to be made by or on behalf of the Seller or the
Collection Agent to the Purchaser under or pursuant to any of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on
account of tax unless the Seller or the Collection Agent (as the case may be) is
required by any applicable law to make such payment subject to the deduction or
withholding of tax in which case the sum payable by the Seller or the Collection
Agent (as the case may be) in respect of which such deduction or withholding is
required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that,
after the making of such deduction or withholding (including any additional
deduction or withholding on such increased amount), the Purchaser receives and
retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or
withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received and so
retained had no such deduction or withholding been made or required to be made.

26.2         If the Seller or the Collection Agent makes any payment to the
Purchaser under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of which it is required
to make any such deduction or withholding, the Seller or the Collection Agent
(as the case may be) shall deliver to the Purchaser as soon as practicable a
certificate of deduction of tax and/or a


                                       34

<PAGE>

receipt or other evidence issued by the relevant taxation or other authority
demonstrating the payment to such authority of all amounts so required to be
deducted or withheld.

26.3         If an event occurs which would result in the Seller or the
Collection Agent becoming obliged to make any payment pursuant to this Clause 26
then each of the parties hereto shall in good faith use reasonable endeavors to
take such reasonable steps as may be open to it to mitigate or avoid the effects
of such event provided that nothing in this Clause 26.3 shall:

             (i)    oblige any party hereto to incur any costs or expenses or to
take or refrain from taking any action where in the reasonable opinion of such
party to take or refrain from taking any action would be prejudicial to its
interests; or

             (ii)   oblige any party hereto to disclose any confidential
information relating to the organization of its affairs; or

             (iii)  interfere with the right of any party hereto to arrange its
internal affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit.


                                     Part 12

                                   TERMINATION

27.   Consequence of a Termination Event

27.1         If a Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, the Purchaser
may, by notice to the Seller,  declare that the Termination has occurred, at
which time Termination shall be deemed to have occurred, provided, however, that
if a Termination Event is the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in relation to
the Seller or the Guarantor, Termination shall be deemed to have occurred
automatically, without notice by the Purchaser, as of the time immediately
preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the filing of the
relevant petition.

27.2         Immediately upon Termination:

             (i)   the Purchase Period shall be deemed to have expired; and

             (ii)  all of the Purchased Receivables, except for those as to
which (x) the conditions precedent set out in Paragraph 2(a) of Part 1 or Part
2, as the case may be, of the Second Schedule have been satisfied and the
Scheduled Receivables Due Date has been determined or (y) the condition
precedent set out in Paragraph 2(b) of Part 1 or Part 2, as the case may be, of
the Second Schedule has been satisfied and the relevant P/N has been assigned to
the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement, shall be immediately


                                       35

<PAGE>

repurchased by the Seller or its designee, in which event the provisions
contained in Clauses 17.2 to 17.4 shall be applied mutatis mutandis.


27.3         If the Termination Event shall have occurred as a result of the
Guarantor's breach of any of its obligations set out in sub-paragraphs (f), (g)
and (h) of paragraph 4 of the Guaranty, the Seller shall cause cash in the
amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of the Face Value or
(if the Reduction Adjustment Amount has been paid) the Revised Face Value of all
of Purchased Receivables as described in Paragraph(ii) of Clause 27.2 shall be
provided to the Purchaser by way of security for the Seller's obligations
hereunder and the Guarantor's obligations under the Guaranty in relation to such
Purchased Receivables in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser
within five (5) business days after the date on which the Termination Event
occurred and such cash by way of security shall be lawfully maintained.  If and
insofar as (i) the Seller's such obligation detailed in the first sentence of
this Clause 27.3 shall be complied with and (ii) no other Termination Event or
Potential Termination Event shall have been occurred, notwithstanding Paragraph
(ii) of Clause 27.2, such Purchased Receivables shall not be required to be
repurchased by the Seller.  The Purchaser shall hold any funds delivered to it
pursuant to the first sentence of this Clause 27.3 in an interest bearing
account in the name of the Seller or its designee.


                                     Part 13

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

28.   Default Interest and Indemnity

28.1         If any sum due and payable by or on behalf of a party hereto (the
"Payer") to the other party (the "Payee") hereunder is not paid on the due date
therefor in accordance with the provisions hereof or if any sum due and payable
by the Payer under any judgment of any court in connection herewith is not paid
on the date of such judgment (the balance of such sum for the time being unpaid
being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum"), an unpaid sum shall bear interest
at the rate per annum which is the sum of two percent (2%) and the short-term
prime lending rate quoted by ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch from time to time
prevailing in Japan for the period beginning on, and including, such due date
or, as the case may be, the date of such judgment and ending on, but excluding,
the date upon which the obligation of the Payer to pay such sum is discharged
(calculated on a basis of a year of 365 days).  Such default interest shall be
payable upon demand of the Payee.

28.2         Each of the Seller and the Collection Agent undertakes to indemnify
the Purchaser against any loss or expense, including legal fees reasonably
incurred, which the Purchaser may sustain or incur as a consequence of any
default by the Seller or the


                                       36

<PAGE>

Collection Agent (as the case may be) in the performance of any of the
obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement.

29.   Fees, Costs and Expenses and Stamp Duty

29.1         The Seller shall pay to ABN AMRO Bank N.V., San Francisco
International Branch, acting as arranger, an arrangement fee in the amount of
one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the Purchase Limit on the date hereof.

29.2         The Seller shall pay a commitment fee at the rate of one-fourth of
one percent (0.25%) per annum on the amount equal to the Purchase Limit minus
the aggregate sum of the Purchase Price of the Purchased Receivables the payment
of which has not been received by the Purchaser from day to day during the
period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the last day of the
Purchase Period.  Such fee shall be payable in arrears quarterly from the date
of this Agreement and on the last day of the Purchase Period.

29.3         The Seller shall, from time to time upon demand of the Purchaser
reimburse the Purchaser for all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal
fees) incurred by it in or in connection with the negotiation, preparation and
execution of this Agreement, any Assignment or any Transaction Document or
amendment thereto or any waiver thereof.

29.4         The Seller or the Collection Agent will upon demand pay to the
Purchaser and any permitted assignee in accordance with this Agreement, the
amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including all court costs, attorneys'
fees and expenses, which they may incur in connection with the exercise or
enforcement against it of any of their respective rights or interests under this
Agreement, any Assignment or any other Transaction Document or amendment thereto
or any waiver thereof.

29.5         The Seller shall be responsible for all stamp, registration and
other taxes to which this Agreement, any Assignment, any other Transaction
Document, any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or any order or
judgment given in connection herewith or therewith are or at any time may be
subject in Japan, except, for the avoidance of doubt, for taxes payable by the
Purchaser based on its entire taxable net income.

30.   Benefit of Agreement

30.1         This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of
each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns.

30.2         The Seller and the Collection Agent shall not be entitled to assign
or transfer all or any of their rights, benefits and obligations hereunder.


                                       37

<PAGE>

30.3         The Purchaser shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of
its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder with the consent of the Seller,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

31.   Remedies and Waivers

31.1         No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of
any party hereto, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
hereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent
any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or
remedy.

31.2         The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

32.   Partial Invalidity

      Without prejudice to any other provision hereof, if one or more provisions
hereof is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any
jurisdiction or with respect to such party or parties, it shall not, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, render invalid, illegal or
unenforceable other provisions hereof or such provision or provisions in any
other jurisdiction or with respect to any other party or parties hereto.

33.   Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together
shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

34.   Notices

34.1         Unless otherwise stated herein, each communication to be made
hereunder shall be made in writing and may be made by telex, telefax or letter.

34.2         Any communication or document to be made or delivered by any one
person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that other person has
by fifteen days' written notice to the other parties hereto specified another
address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address or the number
identified with its signature below and shall be deemed to have been made or
delivered when received by that other person Provided that each communication
made by one party hereto to another shall be made to that other person at such
other address or number as notified to such party by that other person from time
to time.

34.3         Unless specifically waived by the Purchaser, each communication and
document made or delivered by one person to another person pursuant hereto shall
be in


                                       38

<PAGE>

the English language or in Japanese accompanied by a translation thereof into
English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as
being a true and accurate translation thereof.

35.   Prior Understandings

35.1         This Agreement and the Transaction Documents set forth the entire
understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.


                                     Part 14

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

36.   Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of Japan.

37.   Jurisdiction

37.1         Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the Tokyo
District Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or
proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
with this Agreement and, for such purposes, irrevocably submits to the
jurisdiction of such court.

37.2         Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection which
it might now or hereafter have to the court referred to in Clause 37.1 being
nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and
to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Agreement and agrees not to claim that such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.

37.3         The submission to the jurisdiction of the court referred to in
Clause 37.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of
any party hereto to take proceedings against the other party in any other court
of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more
jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction
(whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law.

37.4         Each of the parties hereto hereby consents generally in respect of
any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection
with such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making,
enforcement or execution against any property


                                       39

<PAGE>

whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgment
which may be made or given in such action or proceeding.


                                       40

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed
on the day and year first before written.


The Seller and the Collection Agent

LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.




By:

Address:    1-1-10, Oyama, Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa 229

Attention:  Mr. Yasushi Matsunaga
               Manager of Finance Accounting Department

Telefax:    81-427-70-0347

Telephone:  81-427-70-0820




The Purchaser

ABN AMRO BANK N.V., TOKYO BRANCH




By:




By:

Address:       13F, Shiroyama JT Mori Builiding
               4-3-1, Toranomon, Minato-ku
               Tokyo 105

Attention:  Structured Finance


                                       41

<PAGE>

Telefax:       81-3-5401-6361/6363

Telephone:  81-3-5401-6314


                                       42

<PAGE>

                     THE SECOND SCHEDULE

     Part 1 : Conditions Precedent to the Initial Closing

1.    The receipt by the Purchaser on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, each
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, of:

      (a)    a copy, certified as of the Initial Closing Date as a true copy by
a duly authorized officer of the Seller, of the resolutions of the Seller's
board of directors approving:

             (i)    the outright transfer of all the Seller's right, title and
interest in and to the Initial Receivables; and

             (ii)   the execution and delivery on behalf of the Seller (in such
capacity and as the Collection Agent) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the
Assignment and all other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is to be a
signatory;

      (b)    a copy, certified as of the Initial Closing Date as a true copy by
a duly authorized officer of the Seller, of the Articles of Incorporation of the
Seller;

      (c)    a certified copy, as of the date which is as close as practicably
possible to the Initial Closing Date, of a commercial registry of the Seller;

      (d)    an incumbency certificate, certified as of the Initial Closing Date
by a duly authorized officer of the Seller, setting forth the name(s), title(s)
and specimen signature(s) of individual(s) authorized to execute and deliver on
behalf of the Seller (in such capacity and as the Collection Agent) the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Assignment and all other Transaction
Documents to which the Seller is to be a signatory;

      (e)    the Guaranty, duly executed by the Guarantor;

      (f)    a copy, certified as of the Initial Closing Date as a true copy by
a duly authorized officer of the Guarantor, of the resolution of the Guarantor's
board of directors approving the execution and delivery on behalf of the
Guarantor of the Guaranty and all other Transaction Documents to which the
Guarantor is to be a signatory;

      (g)    a copy, certified as of the Initial Closing Date as a true copy by
a duly authorized officer of the Guarantor, of the Certificate of Incorporation
and the Bylaws of the Guarantor;

      (h)    a good standing certificate from California and Delaware, as of the
date which is as close as practicably possible to the Initial Closing Date, of
the Guarantor;

      (i)    an incumbency certificate, certified as of the Initial Closing Date
by a duly authorized officer of the Guarantor, setting forth the names(s),
title(s) and specimen


                                       43

<PAGE>

signature(s) of individual(s) authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the
Guarantor the Guaranty and all other Transaction Documents to which the
Guarantor is to be a signatory;

      (j)    a copy, certified as of the Initial Closing Date as a true copy by
a duly authorized officer of the Seller, of the general terms and conditions of
the Sales Agreements applicable to the Buyers relating to the Initial
Receivables, or (if such written agreement does not exist) a certificate of a
duly authorized officer of the Seller describing the agreed terms and conditions
applicable to a particular Buyer(s);

      (k)    such evidence as the Purchaser may request to establish that the
Initial Receivables are the Eligible Receivables;

      (l)    such financial statements and other financial information for the
Seller and the Guarantor as the Purchaser may reasonably request;

      (m)    opinions, dated the Initial Closing Date and addressed to the
Purchaser from (i) Nishimura & Sanada, a counsel to the Purchaser, in a form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, (ii) Nagashima & Ohno, a
counsel to the Seller and the Guarantor, substantially in the form of Part 1 of
the Ninth Schedule and (iii) Jan J. Kang, a counsel to the Guarantor,
substantially in the form of Part 2 of the Ninth Schedule; and

      (n)    such other instruments, agreements, certificates, opinions and
other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

2.    The receipt by the Purchaser on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, each
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, of either of
following (a) or (b), as chosen by the Seller:

      (a)    (i)    Disapplication of Prohibition of Assignment from a Buyer who
owes an Initial Receivable, if it is required pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the relevant Sales Agreement; and

             (ii)   Perfection Document in relation to the  assignment of each
of the Initial Receivables; or

      (b)    Confirmation to Issue P/N from a Buyer who owes          an Initial
Receivable.

3.    The representations and warranties contained in the Sixth Schedule (with
respect to those provided for in Part 3 thereof, to the extent such
representations and warranties relate to the Initial Receivables) being correct
on and as of the Initial Closing Date by reference to the facts and
circumstances then existing.


                                       44

<PAGE>

4.    The Seller having paid to ABN AMRO Bank N.V., San Francisco International
Branch the arrangement fees pursuant to Clause 29.1 of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement.

5.    Neither a Termination Event nor a Potential Termination Event having
occurred and remaining unremedied on the Initial Closing Date.

6.    No event having occurred and no condition existing which could have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Seller, the Guarantor or the Collection Agent.


     Part 2 : Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Closings

1.    The receipt by the Purchaser on or prior to the relevant Subsequent
Closing Date, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Purchaser, of:

      (a)    such evidence as the Purchaser may reasonably request to establish
that the relevant Accepted Receivable is the Eligible Receivable;

      (b)    unless the same has been theretofore submitted to the Purchaser, a
copy, certified as of the relevant Subsequent Closing Date as a true copy by a
duly authorized officer of the Seller, of the general terms and conditions of
the Sales Agreement applicable to the Buyer relating to the relevant Accepted
Receivable, or (if such written agreement does not exist) a certificate of a
duly authorized officer of the Seller describing the agreed terms and conditions
applicable to such Buyer; and

      (c)    such other instruments, agreements, certificates, opinions and
other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

2.    The receipt by the Purchaser on or prior to the relevantSubsequent Closing
Date, each in form and substancereasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, of
either offollowing (a) or (b), as chosen by the Seller:

      (a)    (i)    unless the same has been theretofore submitted to the
Purchaser, Disapplication of Prohibition ofAssignment from the Buyer who owes
the relevantAccepted Receivable, if it is required pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the relevant SalesAgreement; and

             (ii)   Perfection Document in relation to the       assignment of
the relevant Accepted Receivable; or

      (b)    unless the same has been theretofore submitted to the Purchaser,
Confirmation to Issue P/N from the Buyer who owes the relevant Accepted
Receivable.

3.    The provisions contained in the second sentence of Clause 2.1 being
complied with after giving effect to the assignment of the relevant Accepted
Receivable.


                                       45

<PAGE>

4.    The representations and warranties contained in the Sixth Schedule (with
respect to those provided for in Part 3 thereof, to the extent such
representations and warranties relate to the relevant Accepted Receivable) being
correct on and as of the relevant Subsequent Closing Date by reference to the
facts and circumstances then existing.

5.    The Seller having performed its obligations (including, but not limited
to, the payment of fees) in compliance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

6.    Neither a Termination Event nor a Potential Termination Event having
occurred and remaining unremedied on the relevant Subsequent Closing Date.

7.    No event having occurred and no condition existing which could have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Seller, the Collection Agent or the Guarantor.


                                       46

<PAGE>

                     THE THIRD SCHEDULE

      Part 1 - Form of Assignment of Initial Receivables

THIS ASSIGNMENT made on [the Initial Closing Date]

BY:

(1)   Lam Research Co., Ltd. (the "Seller")

IN FAVOR OF:

(2)   ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch (the "Purchaser")

WITNESSES as follows:

1.    Interpretation

1.1   In this Assignment "Purchase Agreement" means the receivables purchase
agreement dated         , 1995 between the Seller, in its capacity as Seller
(1), the Purchaser (2) and the Seller, in its capacity as Collection Agent (3).

1.2   Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement have the same meaning in this
Assignment.

1.3   Headings in this Assignment are for ease of reference only.

2.    Transfer

2.1   Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the
Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Purchaser (by way
of outright assignment and not merely by way of security) all of the Seller's
right, title and interest in and to an Initial Receivable (the "Assigned
Receivable") specified in the Exhibit hereto, to all Collections thereof and to
the Related Security relating thereto and all proceeds thereof.

2.2   The Tentative Acceptance Date, the Tentative Credit Period, the Tentative
Receivables Due Date, the Discount Interest Rate and the Discount Rate
applicable to the Assigned Receivable shall be as follows:-

      (a)    Tentative Acceptance Date

             [                          ]

      (b)    Tentative Credit Period


                                       47

<PAGE>

             [                          ]

      (c)    Tentative Receivables Due Date

             [                          ]
      (d)    Discount Interest Rate

             [LIBOR Based Rate] [COF Based rate], which is     percent (  %) per
annum

      (e)    Discount Rate

                    percent (  %) per annum

      In accordance with Clause 4.1 of the Purchase Agreement, the Purchase
Price of the Assigned Receivable shall be

3.    Representations and Warranties

      The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date
hereof in the terms set out in Clause 12 of the Purchase Agreement by reference
to the fact and circumstances currently existing.

4.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction

4.1   This Assignment is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,
the laws of Japan.

4.2   Both of the parties hereto agree that the Tokyo District Court shall have
jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to
settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and, for such purpose, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of
such court.

4.3   Both of the parties hereto irrevocably waive any objection which they
might now or hereafter have to the court referred to in Clause 4.2 being
nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and
to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and agree not to claim that such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.

4.4   The submission to the jurisdiction of the court referred to in Clause 4.2
shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of either of the
Seller or the Purchaser to take proceedings against the other in any other court
of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of


                                       48

<PAGE>

proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings
in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent
permitted by applicable law.

4.5   Each of the Seller and the Purchaser hereby consents generally in respect
of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Assignment to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection
with such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making,
enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgement which may be made or given in
such action or proceeding.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.

Lam Research Co., Ltd.

By:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch

By:


                                       49

<PAGE>

      Exhibit to the Assignment

      Description of Assigned Receivable

      (1)    Face Value

      (2)    Name of Buyer

      (3)    Description of Equipment Sold

      (4)    Date of Purchase Order

      (5)    Date of Shipment

      (6)    Payment Terms Including Whether Promissory Note Has Been or Is to
be Issued


                                       50

<PAGE>

             Part 2 - Form of Offer

To:          ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch

From: Lam Research Co., Ltd., as Seller

Dated:       [            ]

Dear Sirs,

1.    We refer to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
      , 1995 (the "Purchase Agreement") between ourselves as Seller (1),
yourselves as Purchaser (2) and ourselves as Collection Agent (3).

2.    Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the same meaning
herein.

3.    We hereby offer for purchase by you on [the proposed date of assignment]
an Additional Receivable, details of which are set out in the Exhibit hereto.

4.    We hereby represent and warrant to you as of the date hereof in the terms
set out in Clause 12 of the Purchase Agreement by reference to the facts and
circumstances currently existing.

Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, this Offer constitutes an
irrevocable offer by us binding us to assign and sell to you on the proposed
date of assignment as specified above an ownership interest in the Receivable
referred to in this Offer.


Yours faithfully,


for and on behalf of
Lam Research Co., Ltd.


                                       51

<PAGE>

Exhibit to the Offer

1.    Description of Offered Receivable

      (1)    Face Value

      (2)    Name of Buyer

      (3)    Description of Equipment Sold

      (4)    Date of Purchase Order

      (5)    Payment terms as provided for in the Purchase Order

      (6)    Date of Shipment

      (7)    Whether Promissory Note Has Been or Is to be Issued

2.    Proposed Tentative Acceptance Date

      [                                 ]

3.    Proposed Tentative Credit Period

      [                                 ]

4.    Selected Discount Interest Rate

      [LIBOR Based Rate] [COF Based Rate], subject to further change by the
Seller in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement


                                       52

<PAGE>

Part 3 - Form of Assignment of Accepted Receivable

THIS ASSIGNMENT made on [the relevant Subsequent Closing Date]

By:

(1)   Lam Research Co., Ltd. (the "Seller")

IN FAVOR OF:

(2)   ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch (the "Purchaser")

WITNESSES as follows:

1.    Interpretation

1.1   In this Assignment "Purchase Agreement" means the receivables purchase
agreement dated         , 1995 between the Seller, in its capacity as Seller
(1), the Purchaser (2) and the Seller, in its capacity as Collection Agent (3).

1.2   Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement have the same meaning in this
Assignment.

1.3   Headings in this Assignment are for ease of reference only.

2.    Transfer

2.1   Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the
Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Purchaser (by way
of outright assignment and not merely by way of security) all of Seller's right,
title and interest in and to an Accepted Receivable (the "Assigned Receivable")
specified in the Exhibit hereto, to all Collections thereof and to the Related
Security relating thereto and all proceeds thereof.

2.2   The Tentative Acceptance Date, the Tentative Credit Period, the Tentative
Receivables Due Date, the Discount Interest Rate and the Discount Rate
applicable to the Assigned Receivable shall be as follows:-

      (a)    Tentative Acceptance Date

             [                               ]

      (b)    Tentative Credit Period

             [                               ]


                                       53

<PAGE>

      (c)    Tentative Receivables Due Date

             [                               ]
      (d)    Discount Interest Rate

             [LIBOR Based Rate] [COF Based Rate], which is     percent (  %) per
annum

      (e)    Discount Rate

                   percent (  %) per annum

      In accordance with Clause 8.1 of the Purchase Agreement, the Purchase
Price of the Assigned Receivable shall be

3.    Representations and Warranties

      The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date
hereof in the terms set out in Clause 12 of the Purchase Agreement by reference
to the fact and circumstances currently existing.

4.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction

4.1   This Assignment is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,
the laws of Japan.

4.2   Both of the parties hereto agree that the Tokyo District Court shall have
jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to
settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and, for such purpose, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of
such court.

4.3   Both of the parties hereto irrevocably waive any objection which they
might now or hereafter have to the court referred to in Clause 4.2 being
nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and
to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and agree not to claim that such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.

4.4   The submission to the jurisdiction of the court referred to in Clause 4.2
shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of either of the
Seller or the Purchaser to take proceedings against the other in any other court
of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more
jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction
(whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law.


                                       54

<PAGE>

4.5   Each of the Seller and the Purchaser hereby consents generally in respect
of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Assignment to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection
with such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making,
enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
action or proceeding.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.

Lam Research Co., Ltd.

By:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch

By:


                                       55

<PAGE>

            Exhibit to the Assignment

        Description of Assigned Receivable

      (1)    Face Value

      (2)    Name of Buyer

      (3)    Description of Equipment Sold

      (4)    Date of Purchase Order

      (5)    Date of Shipment

      (6)    Payment Terms Including Whether Promissory Note Has Been or Is to
be Issued


                                       56

<PAGE>

        Part 4 - Form of Reassignment of Receivables

THIS ASSIGNMENT made on [date]

By:

(1)   ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch ("ABN AMRO")

IN FAVOR OF:

(2)   Lam Research Co., Ltd. ("LRC")

WITNESSES as follows:

1.    Interpretation

1.1   In this Assignment "Purchase Agreement" means the receivables purchase
agreement dated         , 1995 between LRC, in its capacity as Seller (1), ABN
AMRO (2) and LRC, in its capacity as Collection Agent (3).

1.2   Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement have the same meaning in this
Agreement.

1.3   Headings in this Assignment are for ease of reference only.

2.    Transfer

2.1   Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the
Purchase Agreement, ABN AMRO hereby sells and assigns to LRC (by way of outright
assignment and not merely by way of security, and without any representation or
warranty on the part of ABN AMRO except for the representation set out in Clause
2.2) all of ABN AMRO's right, title and interest in and to a Receivable (the
"Assigned Receivable") specified in the Exhibit hereto, to all Collections
thereof and to the Related Security relating thereto and all proceeds thereof.

2.2   ABN AMRO hereby represents and warrants to LRC that as of the date hereof
ABN AMRO has not sold, transferred, assigned, created security interest over or
otherwise disposed of the Assigned Receivable.

3.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction

3.1   This Assignment is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,
the laws of Japan.


                                       57

<PAGE>

3.2   Both of the parties hereto agree that the Tokyo District Court shall have
jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to
settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and, for such purpose, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of
such court.

3.3   Both of the parties hereto irrevocably waive any objection which they
might now or hereafter have to the court referred to in Clause 3.2 being
nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and
to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Assignment and agree not to claim that such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.

3.4   The submission to the jurisdiction of the court referred to in Clause 3.2
shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of either of ABN
AMRO or LRC to take proceedings against the other in any other court of
competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more
jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction
(whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law.


AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Tokyo Branch

By:

Lam Research Co., Ltd.

By:


                                       58

<PAGE>

            Exhibit to the Assignment

        Description of Assigned Receivable

      (1)    Face Value or Revised Face Value

      (2)    Name of Buyer

      (3)    Description of Equipment Sold

      (4)    Date of Purchase Order

      (5)    Date of Shipment


                                       59

<PAGE>

                     THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                     Termination Events

1.    The Seller (in that capacity or in its capacity as the Collection Agent)
or the Guarantor is in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement,
the Guaranty or any of the Transaction Documents and such breach is not
remedied, if it is capable of being remedied, within five (5) business days (in
the case of the obligation to pay monies) or twenty (20) business days (in the
case of other obligations).

2.    Either of the Seller or the Guarantor goes into the Insolvency Event or
becomes unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability
generally to pay its debts as they become due or ceases to carry on its
business.

3.    Any representation or warranty referred to in Part 1 or Part 2 of the
Sixth Schedule or in paragraph 3 of the Guaranty is incorrect when made.

4.    If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law,
rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation
or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof makes it unlawful or impossible for any
party hereto or the Guarantor to perform its obligation under this Agreement,
the Guaranty or any of the Transaction Documents.

5.    The Seller or the Guarantor fails to pay any Debt in the aggregate amount
in excess of ten million dollars (U.S.$10,000,000)(or its equivalent in any
other currency) when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure continues after the
applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument
relating to such Debt, or any other default under any agreement or instrument
relating to any such Debt or any other event occurs and continues after the
applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument if
the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the
acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt, or any such Debt shall be declared
to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly
scheduled required prepayment) prior to the stated maturity thereof.

6.    A material adverse change occurs in the financial condition of the Seller
or the Guarantor in relation to the Original Financial Statements of the Seller
or the Guarantor, as the case may be, which has had or can reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                       60

<PAGE>

                     THE SIXTH SCHEDULE

         Part 1 : Representations as to Matters of Law

1.    The Seller (in such capacity or, as the case may be, as the Collection
Agent, in such status being referred to in Part 1 and 2 of this Sixth Schedule
merely as the "Seller") is a corporation duly organized and is validly existing
under the laws of Japan with power to enter into this Agreement and each
assignment to be entered into by it in respect of any Receivables assigned or
scheduled to be assigned pursuant hereto and to exercise its rights and perform
its obligations hereunder and thereunder and all corporate and other action
required to authorize its execution of this Agreement and each such assignment
and its performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder has been duly
taken.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Seller is legally and
beneficially owned by the Guarantor directly.

2.    The Seller has corporate power and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals to carry on its business in Japan.

3.    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby by the Seller require no action by or in
respect of, or filing, recording or enrolling with, any governmental body,
agency, court official or other authority, and do not contravene, or constitute
a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or its Articles
of Incorporation or other internal regulations or of any agreement, judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Seller or any of
its assets.

4.    Under the laws of Japan in force as at the date of making this
representation, the claim of the Purchaser against the Seller under this
Agreement will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred solely by any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

5.    In any proceedings taken in Japan in relation to this Agreement or any
Assignment, the Seller will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its
assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

6.    In any proceedings taken in Japan in relation to this Agreement or any
Assignment, the choice of Japanese law by the Seller as the governing law of
this Agreement or, as the case may be, such Assignment will be recognized and
enforced subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditor's rights generally and to principles of equity.

7.    All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and
performed by the Seller in order (a) to enable the Seller lawfully to enter
into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations
expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement


                                       61

<PAGE>

or in any Assignment, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed
by the Seller in this Agreement or in any Assignment are legal, valid and
binding on it and (c) to make this Agreement and each Assignment admissible in
evidence in Japan have been done, fulfilled and performed.

8.    Under the laws of Japan in force as at the date of making this
representation, it is not necessary that this Agreement or any Assignment be
filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in Japan or that
any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this
Agreement or such Assignment, save for the payment of stamp duty on this
Agreement or any Assignment under any applicable law.

9.    The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Seller in this Agreement
and in each Assignment are legal and valid obligations binding on it and
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

     Part 2 : Representations as to Matters of Fact

1.    The Seller has not taken any corporate action nor have legal proceedings
been started or threatened (to the best of its knowledge and belief) against the
Seller for its winding-up, dissolution, rehabilitation or re-organization or for
the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar office of it or of any or all of its assets
or revenues.

2.    No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court or agency
has been started or threatened against the Seller which might, if it were
adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.    The Original Financial Statements of the Seller were prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan and
consistently applied and give (in conjunction with the notes thereto) a true and
fair view of its financial condition at the date as of which they were prepared
and the results of its operations during the financial year then ended.

4.    Since publication of the Original Financial Statements of the Seller,
there has been no change in its financial condition or operations of the Seller
so as to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Part 3 : Representations relating to Receivables

1.    Each Purchased Receivable is an Eligible Receivable owed by an Eligible
Buyer with the Face Value specified in the relevant Assignment or (if
applicable) the Revised Face Value, subject to the applicable statute of
limitation.


                                       62

<PAGE>

2.    The assignment of each Purchased Receivable in the manner herein
contemplated will be effective to pass to the Purchaser full and unencumbered
title thereto and the benefit thereof and no further act, condition or thing
will be required to be done in connection therewith to enable the Purchaser to
require payment of any such Purchased Receivable or the enforcement of any such
right in the courts of Japan.

3.    In all material respects the Seller has performed and is in compliance
with the terms of the Sales Agreement relating to each Purchased Receivable.

4.    The governing law of the Sales Agreement relating to each Purchased
Receivable is Japanese law.

5.    The Buyer owing each of the Purchased Receivables has, where required by
the general terms and conditions of the relevant Sales Agreement, validly given
the Disapplication of Prohibition of Assignment, except for the Purchased
Receivables for which the conditions precedent set out in Paragraph 2(b) of Part
1 or Part 2, as the case may be, of the Second Schedule have been chosen or the
conditions precedent set out in Paragraph 2 of Part 1 or Part 2, as the case may
be, have been waived by the Purchaser.


                                       63

<PAGE>

                    THE SEVENTH SCHEDULE

      Covenants and Undertakings of the Collection Agent

The Collection Agent hereby covenants with the Purchaser that it shall at all
times:

      (i)     give such time and attention and exercise the same degree of care,
responsibility, diligence, prudent and skill with respect to the servicing,
collection and administration of the Purchased Receivables and all related
functions as if it were performing such functions on its own behalf;

      (ii)    take all reasonable action as to ensure that all Purchased
Receivables are paid promptly into the Collection Account in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement and the related Sales Agreement;

      (iii)   not take any steps which have the effect of in any manner
disposing of any right or interest to or in, or transferring or withdrawing any
amount from, the Collection Account otherwise than in accordance with this
Agreement;

      (iv)    keep proper, complete, accurate and up to date Records in a manner
reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser;

      (v)     keep and maintain Records, on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis,
for the purposes of identifying, in particular, at any time, any amount paid by
and to each Buyer, any amount due by or to a Buyer and the source of receipts
which are paid into the Collection Account;

      (vi)    permit audit and inspection under its guidance of its Records by
or on behalf of the Purchaser during normal working hours upon reasonable notice
and with reasonable frequency;

      (vii)   notify the Purchaser of material developments in the Seller's
performance of its obligations under the Sales Agreements, including, but not
limited to, the Shipment, the Acceptance and the Partial Acceptance of the
Equipment and the refusal thereof by the Buyers;

      (viii)  notify the Purchaser of the Scheduled Receivables Due Date and (if
applicable) the Revised Face Value promptly after it is confirmed between the
Seller and the relevant Buyer and, if the payment by the Buyer of the relevant
Purchased Receivable is known to be made on the date which is not the Scheduled
Receivables Due Date, notify the Purchaser of such date of payment at least two
business days prior to the Scheduled Receivables Due Date or such date of
payment, whichever comes earlier;

      (ix)    use its best endeavors to maintain records of all correspondence
with the Buyer in respect of the Purchased Receivables;


                                       64

<PAGE>

      (x)     promptly obtain, comply in all material respects with the terms of
and do all that is necessary and within its control to maintain in full force
and effect all authorizations, approvals, licenses and consents required in or
by the laws and regulations of Japan to enable it lawfully to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement or to ensure the legality,
validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement;

      (xi)    do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing
under the laws of Japan and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its
business in Japan;

      (xii)   comply in all respects which could be regarded as material in the
context of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with all laws,
rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgements, injunctions decrees or awards to
which it may be subject;

      (xiii)  maintain sufficient operating procedures, employees and other
resources to perform its obligations as Collection Agent hereunder; and

      (xiv)   submit to Purchaser a monthly report relating to the Purchased
Receivables and the Buyer owing them in such a form as is reasonably requested
by the Purchaser.


                                       65

<PAGE>

                     THE EIGHTH SCHEDULE

                       Form of Guaranty


                                       66

<PAGE>

                     THE NINTH SCHEDULE

        Part 1:    Form of Opinion of Nagashima & Ohno



                                                   , 1995


ABN AMRO Bank
Tokyo Branch
Shiroyama JT Mori Building
3-1, 4-chome, Toranomon
Minato-ku, Tokyo
(the "Purchaser")


Dear Sirs:

      We have acted as Japanese counsel to Lam Research Co., Ltd., a Japanese
corporation (the "Seller"), in connection with the preparation, execution and
delivery of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of          , 1995 (the
"Agreement") , among the seller, the Purchaser, and Lam Research Co., Ltd. as
Collection Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.  In this
opinion, Lam Research Co., Ltd. in the capacity as the Seller and as the
Collection Agent is referred to merely as "Lam".

      In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have examined a photostatic
copy of the executed original of the Agreement, a certificate from the
representative director of Lam, and such corporate records and other documents,
and have made such investigations of law as in our judgment are necessary or
appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below.  As to factual
matters, however, we have solely relied upon the above-described certificate,
and have not conducted any independent examination or investigation with respect
to any factual matters, including those contained in said certificate.

      For the purposes of rendering this opinion, we have assumed without
independently verifying:

(A)   the genuineness of all seal impressions and signatures on documents that
we have examined, and the authenticity and completeness of all documents
submitted to us as originals or copies of originals;

(B)   the exact conformity to complete original documents of all documents
submitted to us as copies;


                                       67

<PAGE>

(C)   the Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the kingdom of Netherlands, and the Tokyo branch
of the Purchaser has full and complete corporate power and authority to execute
and deliver, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement;

(D)   the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Purchaser, and the
performance by the Purchaser of its obligations under the Agreement, have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; and

(E)   the Agreement and all other documents submitted to us have been duly
executed and delivered by or on behalf of all persons and entities that are
signatories thereto (other than Lam).

      Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and further subject to the
qualifications hereinafter set forth, we are of the opinion that:

1.    Lam is a corporation validly existing under the laws of Japan with
corporate power to enter into the Agreement and each Assignment and to exercise
its rights and perform its obligations under the Agreement and each Assignment,
and all corporate action required to authorize its execution of the Agreement
and each Assignment and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been
duly taken.

2.    Lam has corporate power and all governmental license, authorizations,
consents and approvals necessary to carry on its business currently conducted in
Japan.

3.    There is no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
filing, recordation or enrollment with, or giving of prior notice to, any
Japanese governmental body or agency or any Japanese court required with respect
to the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Lam.  The
execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Lam do not contravene
any provision of applicable laws of Japan or Lam's Articles of Incorporation or
other internal regulations.

4.    The claims of the Purchaser against Lam under the Agreement will rank at
least pari passu with the claims of all of Lam's other unsecured creditors.

5.    In any legal proceedings taken in Japan in relation to the Agreement or
any Assignment, Lam will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its
assets sovereign immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal
process.

6.    The choice of Japanese law to govern the Agreement is a valid choice of
law, and the submission by Lam to the jurisdiction of the Tokyo District Court
is a valid submission to the jurisdiction of such court as a court of first
instance, except in cases where other courts in Japan have exclusive
jurisdiction.


                                       68

<PAGE>

7.    Save for Japanese stamp duties, no similar taxes are payable in respect of
the execution and delivery of the Agreement or any Assignment.

8.    The Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Lam, and the
obligations expressed to be assumed by Lam in the Agreement are legal and valid
obligations binding on Lam and enforceable against Lam in accordance with their
respective terms.

      Our opinions set forth herein are subject to the following qualifications
and limitations:

(a)   we express no opinion as to:

      (i)    except as set forth in paragraph 7, compliance with or the effect
of any tax law; or

      (ii)   the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or any
other similar remedy;

(b)   the opinions expressed above are subject to limitation by statute of
limitation, appropriate court procedures and the full discretion of the court,
which must consider the public order and good morals doctrine and the abuse of
rights doctrine;

(c)   the legality, validity, binding nature and enforceability of the Agreement
may be limited by the application of:

      (i)    bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance and
other similar laws affecting the rights, powers, privileges, remedies and/or
interests of creditors generally; or

      (ii)   the Interest Rate Restriction Law, Risoku Seigen Ho (the "Interest
Rate Law").  Under the Interest Rate Law, the maximum rate of interest per annum
recoverable by action in the courts of Japan is as set forth below:

             Principal Amount                Interest Rate (%)

             Less than _100,000                     20

             _100,000 or more but                   18
             less than 1,000,000

             _1,000,000 or more                     15


             The Interest Rate Law further provides that if any stipulated
default interest amount sought to be recoverable by action in the courts of
Japan exceeds double


                                       69

<PAGE>

the amount calculated in accordance with the interest rate set forth above, the
right of the party seeking recovery to recover an amount in excess of double the
amount as calculated above shall be unenforceable;

(d)   we express no opinion on any provision in the Agreement requiring written
amendments and waivers of the Agreement insofar as it suggests that oral or
other modifications, amendments or waivers could not be effectively agreed upon
or granted between or by the parties or by a duly authorized agent; and

(e)   the court may not give full effect to an indemnity for legal costs.

      We are members of the bar of Japan and, with your permission, our opinion
is limited to the laws of Japan.

      This opinion is given as of the date hereof and only for the benefit of
the addressees and on the basis that it will be relied upon only by such
addressees and will not be disclosed to any third party other than such
addressees' professional advisers.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                       70

<PAGE>

          Part 2:    Form of Opinion of Jan J. Kang


                                                        , 1995


ABN AMRO Bank
Tokyo Branch
Shiroyama JT Mori Building
3-1, 4-chome, Toranomon
Minato-ku, Tokyo
(the "Purchaser")

Dear Sirs:

      I am senior counsel for Lam Research Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the "Guarantor"), in connection with its preparation, execution and delivery of
the Guaranty (the "Guaranty") dated as of      , 1995 in relation to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of      , 1995 (the "Agreement") among
the Purchaser and Lam Research Co., Ltd., a Japanese corporation, as Seller and
Collection Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Guaranty or the
Agreement.

      Based on my examination of such corporate records, certificates and other
documents and questions of law as I have considered necessary or appropriate, it
is my opinion that:

1.    The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and is validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware with power to enter
into the Guaranty and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations
thereunder and all corporate and other action required to authorize its
execution of the Guaranty and its performance of its obligations thereunder has
been duly taken.

2.    The execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty and the
transactions contemplated thereby by the Guarantor require no action by or in
respect of, or filing, recording or enrolling with, any governmental body,
agency, court official or other authority, and do not contravene, or constitute
a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or its
constitutive documents or other internal regulations or of any agreement,
judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the
Guarantor or any of its assets.

3.    The claim of the Purchaser against the Guarantor under the Guaranty will
rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors.


                                       71

<PAGE>

4.    In any proceedings taken in the United States in relation to the Guaranty,
the choice of California law by the Guarantor as the governing law of, and the
submission to jurisdiction under, the Guaranty will be recognized and enforced.

5.    The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Guarantor in the Guaranty
are legal and valid obligations binding on it and enforceable in accordance with
its terms.

6.    No deduction or withholding (whether on account of tax or otherwise) will
be required from any payment by the Guarantor arising out of or under the
Guaranty.

      For purposes of this opinion, I have assumed:

      (i)    the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us
as copies;

      (ii)   the authenticity of all signatures and seals of parties; and

      (iii)  the conformity to complete original documents of all
             documents submitted to us as copies or facsimiles.

      This opinion must be read subject to the following qualifications:

      (a)    I neither express nor imply any opinion as to laws other than the
laws of the United States, the laws of the State of California and the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as at the date of this opinion.

      (b)    Enforcement may be limited by any laws from time to time in effect
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, reconstruction,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally.

      This opinion is given solely for your benefit, and except with my prior
written consent is not to be disclosed to or relied on by any other person.
This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and is not to be construed
as extending by implication to any other matter.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                       72





<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.28


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                    GUARANTY


     THIS GUARANTY, dated as of June 28, 1995, is executed by LAM RESEARCH
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("GUARANTOR"), in favor of ABN AMRO BANK
N.V. ("PURCHASER").


                                    RECITALS

     A.   At the request of Guarantor, Purchaser, acting through its Tokyo
Branch, has entered into a Supplemental Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as
of June 28, 1995 (the "SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT") with Purchaser and Lam
Research Co., Ltd., a Japanese corporation which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Guarantor ("SELLER"), pursuant to which (i) Purchaser has agreed to purchase
from Seller a certain account, promissory note or other obligation payable to
Seller (the "RECEIVABLE") upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and (ii) Seller has agreed to act as
collection agent for the Receivable so purchased by Purchaser from Seller (the
"PURCHASED RECEIVABLE").

     B.   Purchaser's obligation to purchase the Receivable from Seller under
the Supplemental Purchase Agreement is subject, among other conditions, to
receipt by Purchaser of this Guaranty, duly executed by Guarantor.


                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good
and
 valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees with Purchaser as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.

          (a)  DEFINITIONS.  Unless otherwise indicated in this Guaranty, each
     term set forth in SCHEDULE 1, when used in this Guaranty, shall have the
     respective meaning given to


<PAGE>

     that term in SCHEDULE 1 or in the provision of this Guaranty referenced in
     SCHEDULE 1.

          (b)  OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.  Headings in this Guaranty are for
     convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance hereof.
     All terms defined in this Guaranty in the singular form shall have
     comparable meanings when used in the plural form and VICE VERSA.  This
     Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
     the State of California without reference to conflicts of law rules.
     References in this Guaranty to any document, instrument or agreement
     (i) shall include all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto,
     (ii) shall include all documents, instruments or agreements issued or
     executed in replacement thereof and (iii) shall mean such document,
     instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended,
     modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given
     time.

     2.   CONTINUING GUARANTY.  Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and
promises to pay and perform as and when due, upon the demand of Purchaser, (a)
all obligations of the obligor under the Purchased Receivable ("BUYER") and (b)
all obligations of Seller under the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and all
other documents, instruments and agreements delivered to Purchaser in connection
therewith (collectively, including this Guaranty, the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS")
(all such obligations, including the obligations described in CLAUSE (a) above,
to be referred to herein collectively as the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS").
Guarantor shall make all payments required hereunder to Purchaser, or its order,
at Purchaser's office located at the address set forth in SUBPARAGRAPH 8(a)
hereof, or at such other office as Purchaser may designate, on demand in such
lawful currency as is required by SUBPARAGRAPH 8(d) hereof.  Notwithstanding any
termination of this Guaranty in accordance with PARAGRAPH 6 hereof, this
Guaranty shall continue to be in full force and effect and applicable to any
Guaranteed Obligations arising thereafter which arise because prior payments of
Guaranteed Obligations are rescinded or otherwise required to be surrendered by
Purchaser after receipt.  The liability of Guarantor hereunder is independent of
the obligations of Seller and Buyer, and a separate action or actions may be
brought and prosecuted against Guarantor irrespective of whether action is
brought against


                                        2

<PAGE>

Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or whether
Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations is joined in
any such action or actions.  This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of
collection.


                                        3

<PAGE>



                                        4

<PAGE>

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Guarantor represents and warrants to
Purchaser, as of the date hereof, the date the Receivable is purchased pursuant
to the Supplemental Purchase Agreement and each other date on which Seller makes
(pursuant to CLAUSE 12.1 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT or otherwise)
the representations and warranties set forth in the SIXTH SCHEDULE TO THE
SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT, that (a) each of Guarantor and Seller is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified and in good standing
in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties requires
such qualification, except where the failure to qualify could not have a
Material Adverse Effect; (b) the execution, delivery and performance by
Guarantor and Seller of this Guaranty and the other Transaction Documents are
within the power of Guarantor and Seller and have been duly authorized by all
necessary actions on the part of Guarantor and Seller; (c) this Guaranty and the
other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor
and Seller and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Guarantor and
Seller, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating
to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally; (d) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Transaction
Documents do not (i) violate any Requirement of Law, (ii) contravene any
material Contractual Obligation, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any property, asset or revenue of Guarantor or Seller; (e) no
consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or
filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person (including, without
limitation, the shareholders of any Person) is required in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Transaction
Documents, except such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations,
registrations, declarations and filings that are so required and which have been
obtained and are in full force and effect; (f) each of Guarantor and Seller has
paid all taxes and other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority due and
payable by Guarantor or Seller other than those which are being challenged in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been
established; (g) neither Guarantor nor Seller is in violation of any Requirement
of Law or Contractual Obligation other than those the consequences of which
could not have a Material Adverse


                                        5

<PAGE>

Effect; (h) the financial statements of Guarantor and Seller which have been
delivered to Purchaser fairly present the respective financial positions and
results of Guarantor and Seller for the periods and as of the dates covered
thereby; (i) no litigation, investigation or proceeding of any Governmental
Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Guarantor, threatened against
Guarantor or Seller which, if adversely determined, could have a Material
Adverse Effect; (j) Seller is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor; (k) the
obligations of Guarantor hereunder rank at least pari passu with all other
unsecured debt of Guarantor; and (l) no event or condition which could have a
Material Adverse Effect has occurred or arisen and is continuing.

     4.   COVENANTS.  Until the Supplemental Purchase Agreement is terminated
and the Purchased Receivable is paid in full, Guarantor hereby agrees (a) to
deliver to Purchaser (i) within 55 days after the last day of each of its fiscal
quarters, its financial statements for such quarter, (ii) within 100 days after
the last day of each of its fiscal years, its audited financial statements for
such year, (iii) notice of any Potential Termination Event, any Termination
Event or any other default under the Transaction Documents or of any other event
or condition which could have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) such other
information regarding the business, operations or financial or other condition
of Guarantor or Seller as Purchaser may reasonably request; (b) to keep, and
cause Seller to keep, proper books of record and account and to permit Purchaser
to examine the same; (c) to the extent failure to do so could have a Material
Adverse Effect, to comply and cause Seller to comply with all Requirements of
Law and Contractual Obligations; (d) to maintain and cause Seller to maintain
its corporate existence and all rights, privileges and franchises necessary for
the conduct of its business; (e) to cause the obligations of Guarantor hereunder
to rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured debt of Guarantor at all
times; (f) to maintain, at all times, a ratio of Quick Assets to Current
Liabilities of at least 1.25 to 1.00; (g) to maintain, at all times, Tangible
Net Worth of not less than the Tangible Net Worth Requirements at such times;
and (h) to maintain, at all times, a ratio of Total Debt LESS Subordinated Debt
to Capital of no more than 0.50 to 1.00.

     5.   AUTHORIZED ACTIONS.  Guarantor authorizes Purchaser, in its
discretion, without notice to Guarantor, irrespective of any


                                        6

<PAGE>

change in the financial condition of Seller, Guarantor, Buyer or any other
guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations since the date hereof, and without
affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder, from
time to time to (a) purchase from Seller new Receivables and create new
Guaranteed Obligations, and, either before or after receipt of notice of
revocation, renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time
for payment or performance of, or otherwise change the terms of the Purchased
Receivable and Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including increase or
decrease of the rate of interest or discount thereon; (b) take and hold security
for the payment or performance of the Purchased Receivable and Guaranteed
Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; (c) apply
such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; (d) purchase such
security at public or private sale; (e) otherwise exercise any right or remedy
it may have against Seller, Guarantor, Buyer, any other guarantor of the
Guaranteed Obligations or any security, including, without limitation, the right
to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale; (f) settle,
compromise with, release or substitute any one or more makers, endorsers or
guarantors of the Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed Obligations; and (g) assign
the Purchased Receivable, the Guaranteed Obligations, this Guaranty, or the
other Transaction Documents in whole or in part.

     6.   WAIVERS.  Guarantor waives (a) any right to require Purchaser to
(i) proceed against Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the
Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security received
from Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in Purchaser's power whatsoever;
(b) any defense arising by reason of the application by Seller of the proceeds
of any purchase; (c) any defense resulting from the absence, impairment or loss
of any right of reimbursement, subrogation, contribution or other right or
remedy of Guarantor against Seller, Buyer, any other guarantor with respect to
the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, whether resulting from an election
by Purchaser to foreclose upon security by nonjudicial sale, or otherwise;
(d) any setoff or counterclaim of Seller or any defense which results from any
disability or other defense of Seller or the cessation or stay of enforcement
from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Seller (including, without
limitation, the lack of


                                        7

<PAGE>

validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document); (e) any right to
exoneration of sureties which would otherwise be applicable; (f) until all
obligations of Purchaser under the Transaction Documents have been terminated
and the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully satisfied, any right of
subrogation or reimbursement and, if there are any other guarantors of the
Guaranteed Obligations, any right of contribution, and right to enforce any
remedy which Purchaser now has or may hereafter have against Seller, and any
benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter
received by Purchaser; (g) all presentments, demands for performance, notices of
non-performance, notices delivered under the Supplemental Purchase Agreement or
any other Transaction Document, protests, notice of dishonor, and notices of
acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new
or additional Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed Obligations and notices of any
public or private foreclosure sale; (h) the benefit of any statute of
limitations to the extent permitted by law; (i) any appraisement, valuation,
stay, extension, moratorium redemption or similar law or similar rights for
marshalling; (j) any right to be informed by Purchaser of the financial
condition of Seller, Buyer or any other guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations or any change therein or any other circumstances bearing upon the
risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Purchased Receivable or Guaranteed
Obligations; and (k) any right to revoke this Guaranty prior to the termination
of the Transaction Documents and the satisfaction in full of all the Guaranteed
Obligations.  Guarantor has the ability and assumes the responsibility for
keeping informed of the financial condition of Seller, the Buyers and any other
guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations and of other circumstances affecting
such nonpayment and nonperformance risks.  Without limiting the scope of any of
the foregoing waivers, Guarantor hereby waives (i) all rights and defenses
arising out of an election of remedies by Purchaser, even though that election
of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a
Guaranteed Obligation, has destroyed Guarantor's rights of subrogation and
reimbursement against Seller by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of
Civil Procedure or otherwise, (ii) all rights and defenses Guarantor may have by
reason of protection afforded to Seller with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting
or discharging the Guaranteed Obligations, including, without limitation,
Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California


                                        8

<PAGE>

Code of Civil Procedure, and (iii) all other rights and defenses available to
Guarantor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil
Code.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.  Guarantor hereby subordinates any obligations of
Seller to Guarantor (the "SUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS") to the Guaranteed
Obligations as provided in this PARAGRAPH 7.  Until the occurrence of a
Potential Termination Event or Termination Event, Guarantor may receive
regularly scheduled payments from Seller on account of Subordinated Obligations.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Potential Termination
Event or Termination Event, however:

          (a)  Purchaser shall be entitled to receive payment of all Guaranteed
     Obligations before Guarantor receives payment of any Subordinated
     Obligations;

          (b)  Any payments on the Subordinated Obligations, if Purchaser so
     requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee
     for Purchaser and be paid over to Purchaser on account of the Guaranteed
     Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability
     of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty; and

          (c)  Purchaser is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation
     to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of Guarantor, to collect and
     enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, the Subordinated Obligations
     and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations and
     (ii) to require Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims
     in respect of, the Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts
     received on such Subordinated Obligations to Purchaser for application to
     the Guaranteed Obligations.


                                        9

<PAGE>

     8.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,
     requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or
     upon Purchaser or Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be in writing and
     telecopied, mailed or delivered to each party at its telecopier number or
     address set forth below (or to such other telecopier number or address for
     any party as indicated in any notice given by that party to the other
     party).  All such notices and communications shall be effective (i) when
     sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing,
     on the Business Day following the deposit with such service; (ii) when
     mailed, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the
     United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (iii) when delivered by hand,
     upon delivery; and (iv) when telecopied, upon confirmation of receipt.

          PURCHASER: ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
                     101 California Street
                     Suite 4550
                     San Francisco, California  94111-5812
                     Attn:  Robert N. Hartinger
                     Telephone:  (415) 984-3710
                     Facsimile:  (415) 362-3524

          GUARANTOR: Lam Research Corporation
                     47300 Bayside Parkway
                     Fremont, California  94538
                     Attn:  Yuko Hashimoto
                     Telephone:  (510) 438-4887
                     Facsimile:  (510) 661-1586

          (b)  EXPENSES.  Guarantor shall pay on demand, whether or not any
     Receivable is purchased under the Transaction Documents, (i) all reasonable
     fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses,
     incurred by Purchaser in connection with the preparation, execution and
     delivery of, and the exercise of its duties under, this Guaranty and the
     other Transaction Documents, and the preparation, execution and delivery of
     amendments and waivers hereunder and thereunder; and (ii) all reasonable
     fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and


                                       10

<PAGE>

     expenses, incurred by Purchaser in the enforcement or attempted enforcement
     of this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any
     of Purchaser's rights and remedies (including, without limitation, all such
     fees and expenses incurred in connection with any "workout" or
     restructuring affecting the Transaction Documents or the Guaranteed
     Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Guarantor,
     Seller or any of their affiliates).

          (c)  INDEMNIFICATIONS.  To the fullest extent permitted by law,
     Guarantor agrees to protect, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser
     and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees,
     agents and advisors ("INDEMNITEES") from and against any and all
     liabilities, losses, damages or  expenses of any kind or nature and from
     any and all suits, claims or demands (including in respect of or for
     reasonable attorney's fees and other expenses) arising on account of or in
     connection with any matter or thing or action or failure to act by
     Indemnitees, or any of them, arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or
     the other Transaction Documents, including without limitation any use by
     Guarantor of any proceeds of any Receivable purchases, except to the extent
     such liability arises from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of
     the Indemnitees.  Upon receiving knowledge of any suit, claim or demand
     asserted by a third party that Purchaser believes is covered by this
     indemnity, Purchaser shall give Guarantor reasonable notice of the matter
     and an opportunity to defend it, at Guarantor's sole cost and expense, with
     legal counsel satisfactory to Purchaser.  Any failure or delay of Purchaser
     so to notify Guarantor of any such suit, claim or demand shall not relieve
     Guarantor of its obligations under this SUBPARAGRAPH 8(C) but shall reduce
     such obligations to the extent of any increase in those obligations caused
     solely by such failure or delay.  The obligations of Guarantor under this
     SUBPARAGRAPH 8(C) shall survive the payment and performance of the
     Guaranteed Obligations.

          (d)  CURRENCY OF PAYMENT.

               (i)  Guarantor shall make all payments of the Guaranteed
          Obligations hereunder in the currency in


                                       11

<PAGE>

          which such Guaranteed Obligations are required to be paid by Seller
          pursuant to the other Transaction Documents and shall make all other
          payments hereunder in the lawful currency of the United States.

              (ii)  If any sum due from Guarantor under this Guaranty or any
          order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted
          from the currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable
          hereunder or under such order or judgment into another currency (the
          "second currency") for the purpose of (A) making or filing a claim or
          proof against Guarantor with any Governmental Authority, (B) obtaining
          an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (C) enforcing
          any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto, Guarantor
          shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold
          harmless each of the Persons to whom such sum is due from and against
          any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (1) the rate
          of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from
          the first currency into the second currency and (2) the rate or rates
          of exchange at which such Person may, using reasonable efforts in the
          ordinary course of business, purchase the first currency with the
          second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in
          whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  The
          foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate obligation of
          Guarantor distinct from its other obligations hereunder and shall
          survive the giving or making of any judgment or order in relation to
          all or any of such obligations.

          (e)  WAIVERS; AMENDMENTS.  Any term, covenant, agreement or condition
     of this Guaranty may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in
     writing and is signed by Guarantor and Purchaser.  No failure or delay by
     Purchaser in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
     thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial exercise of
     any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any other
     right.  Unless otherwise specified in such waiver or consent, a waiver or
     consent given hereunder shall be effective only in the


                                       12

<PAGE>

     specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

          (f)  ASSIGNMENTS.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to
     the benefit of Guarantor and Purchaser and their respective successors and
     permitted assigns, except that Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of
     its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written
     consent of Purchaser.  All references in this Guaranty to any Person shall
     be deemed to include all successors and assigns of such Person.

          (g)  CUMULATIVE RIGHTS, ETC.  The rights, powers and remedies of
     Purchaser under this Guaranty shall be in addition to all rights, powers
     and remedies given to Purchaser by virtue of any applicable law, rule or
     regulation of any Governmental Authority, the other Transaction Documents
     or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers, and remedies shall be
     cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without
     impairing Purchaser's rights hereunder.

          (h)  PAYMENTS FREE OF TAXES, ETC.  All payments made by Guarantor
     under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear of and
     without deduction for any and all present and future taxes, levies,
     charges, deductions and withholdings.  In addition, Guarantor shall pay
     upon demand any stamp or other taxes, levies or charges of any jurisdiction
     with respect to the execution, delivery, registration, performance and
     enforcement of this Guaranty.  If any taxes, levies, charges or other
     amounts are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to Purchaser
     hereunder, the amounts so payable to Purchaser shall be increased to the
     extent necessary to yield to Purchaser (after payment of all such amounts)
     any such amounts payable hereunder in the amounts specified in this
     Guaranty.  Upon request by Purchaser, Guarantor shall furnish evidence
     satisfactory to Purchaser that all requisite authorizations and approvals
     by, and notices to and filings with, governmental authorities and
     regulatory bodies have been obtained and made and that all requisite taxes,
     levies and charges have been paid.


                                       13

<PAGE>

          (i)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If at any time any provision of this
     Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect
     under the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or
     enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty nor the
     legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any
     other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          (j)  JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF GUARANTOR AND PURCHASER, TO THE FULLEST
     EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO
     TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY ISSUE RELATING HERETO IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR
     COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY.

          (k)  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  Guarantor hereby irrevocably and
     unconditionally:

               (i)  Submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
          proceeding relating to this Guaranty, or for recognition and
          enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive
          jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the courts
          of the United States of America for the Northern District of
          California, and consents and agrees to suit being brought in such
          courts as Purchaser may elect;

              (ii)  Waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
          the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that
          such proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to
          plead or claim the same; and

              (iii) Agrees that nothing herein shall affect Purchaser's right to
          effect service of process in any manner permitted by law, and that
          Purchaser shall have the right to bring any legal proceedings
          (including a proceeding for enforcement of a judgment entered by any
          of the aforementioned courts) against Guarantor in such courts or in
          any other court or jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of
the day and year first above written.


                                       14

<PAGE>

                                           LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION



                                           By:___________________________
                                            Name:______________________
                                            Title:_____________________


                                       15

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS


     "BUYER" shall have the meaning given to that term in SUBPARAGRAPH 2(A)
hereof.

     "CAPITAL" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall be
determined, the sum of (a) Total Debt and (b) Tangible Net Worth.

     "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" shall mean, as applied to any Person, direct or
indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to any
indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another,
including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly
guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business), co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person,
or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable.
The amount of any Contingent Obligations shall be equal to the amount of the
obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

     "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" of any Person shall mean, any indenture, note,
security, deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, lease, guaranty,
instrument, contract, agreement or other form of obligation or undertaking to
which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is
bound.

     "CURRENT LIABILITIES" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount
thereof shall be determined, the consolidated current liabilities of Guarantor
and its subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any domestic or foreign national, state
or local government, any political subdivision thereof, any department, agency,
authority or bureau of any of the foregoing, or any other entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the
Comptroller of the Currency, any central bank or any comparable authority.


                                       1-1

<PAGE>

     "GOVERNMENTAL RULE" shall mean any law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order,
code interpretation, judgment, decree, directive, guidelines, policy or similar
form of decision of any Governmental Authority.

     "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
SUBPARAGRAPH 2(A) hereof.

     "GUARANTOR" shall have the meaning given to that term in the INTRODUCTORY
PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "GUARANTY" shall mean this Guaranty.

     "LIEN" shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance in, of, or on such
property or the income therefrom, including, without limitation, the interest of
a vendor or lessor under a conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other
title retention agreement, or any agreement to provide any of the foregoing, and
the filing of any financing statement or similar instrument under the Uniform
Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of
Guarantor or Seller; (b) the ability of Guarantor or Seller to pay or perform
the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty and the
other Transaction Documents; or (c) the rights and remedies of Purchaser under
this Guaranty, the other Transaction Documents, any Purchased Receivable or any
related document, instrument or agreement.

     "PERSON" shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation
(including a business trust), a joint stock company, an unincorporated
association, a joint venture, a trust or other entity or a Governmental
Authority.

     "POTENTIAL TERMINATION EVENT" shall have the meaning given to that term in
the Supplemental Purchase Agreement.

     "SUPPLEMENTAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning given to that term
in RECITAL A hereof.


                                       1-2

<PAGE>

     "PURCHASED RECEIVABLE" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL
A hereof.

     "PURCHASER" shall have the meaning given to that term in the INTRODUCTORY
PARAGRAPH hereof.

     "QUICK ASSETS" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall
be determined, the consolidated cash, cash-equivalents, accounts receivable and
investments (including marketable securities), with maturities not to exceed 360
days, of Guarantor and its subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "RECEIVABLE" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL A hereof.

     "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" applicable to any Person shall mean (a) the Articles
or Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, Partnership Agreement or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, (b) any Governmental Rule
applicable to such Person, (c) any license, permit, approval or other
authorization granted by any Governmental Authority to or for the benefit of
such Person and (d) any judgment, decision or determination of any Governmental
Authority or arbitrator, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person
or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject.

     "SELLER" shall have the meaning given to that term in RECITAL A hereof.

     "SUBORDINATED DEBT" shall mean any debt subordinated to the obligations of
Guarantor hereunder on terms acceptable to Purchaser.

     "SUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
PARAGRAPH 7 hereof.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof
shall be determined, the consolidated total assets of Guarantor and its
subsidiaries MINUS, without duplication, (a) the sum of any amounts attributable
to (i) goodwill, and (ii) tangible items such as unamortized debt discount and
expense,


                                       1-3

<PAGE>

patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights, franchises, treasury
stock, deferred charges and research and development expenses except prepaid
expenses, AND (b) Total Liabilities.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH REQUIREMENT" shall mean, at any date as of which the
amount thereof shall be determined, the sum of (i) $250,000,000, PLUS (ii) fifty
percent (50%) of the sum of the consolidated net income of Guarantor and its
subsidiaries for each quarter (excluding any quarter in which such net income
was negative) which begins on or after July 1, 1994 and ends on or prior to such
date of determination, PLUS (iii) one hundred percent (100%) of the net proceeds
received by Guarantor and its subsidiaries from the sale of stock and other
equity securities issued by Guarantor and its subsidiaries and from other equity
contributions to Guarantor and its subsidiaries to the extent received on or
after April 1, 1995 and on or prior to such date of determination.

     "TERMINATION EVENT" shall have the meaning given to that term in the
Supplemental Purchase Agreement.

     "TOTAL DEBT" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof shall
be determined, the sum (without duplication) of (a) short-term bank debt, (b)
current maturities of long-term debt and current portion of capitalized leases,
(c) long-term debt, (d) capitalized leases and (e) all off-balance sheet
obligations including Contingent Obligations and the face amount of all
outstanding letters of credit (including drawn and unreimbursed amounts).

     "TOTAL LIABILITIES" shall mean, at any date as of which the amount thereof
shall be determined, all obligations that should, in accordance with GAAP be
classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Guarantor.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" shall have the meaning given to that term in
SUBPARAGRAPH 2(A) hereof.


                                       1-4



<PAGE>
                                                            EXHIBIT 11.1


                            LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION
                 STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          FULLY
                                                                                              PRIMARY    DILUTED
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Year-ended June 30, 1995
Net Income.................................................................................  $  89,211  $  89,211
Add interest expense on convertible subordinated debentures, net of tax....................     --          3,455
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             $  89,211  $  92,666
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Average shares outstanding...............................................................     26,090     26,090
  Net effect of dilutive stock options.....................................................      1,210      1,570
  Assumed conversion of subordinated debentures............................................     --          2,640
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Common and common equivalent shares used in computing per share amounts....................     27,300     30,300
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net income per share.......................................................................  $    3.27  $    3.06
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Year-ended June 30, 1994
Net Income.................................................................................  $  37,756  $  37,756
Add interest expense on convertible subordinated debentures, net of tax....................     --          2,940
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             $  37,756  $  40,696
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Average shares outstanding...............................................................     23,389     23,389
  Net effect of dilutive stock options.....................................................        911        971
  Assumed conversion of subordinated debentures............................................     --          2,640
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Common and common equivalent shares used in computing per share amounts....................     24,300     27,000
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net income per share.......................................................................  $    1.55  $    1.51
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Year-ended June 30, 1993
Net Income.................................................................................  $  18,907  $  18,907
Add interest expense on convertible subordinated debentures, net of tax....................     --            441
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             $  18,907  $  19,348
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Average shares outstanding...............................................................     22,751     22,751
  Net effect of dilutive stock options.....................................................
      1,249      1,429
  Assumed conversion of subordinated debentures............................................     --            420
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Common and common equivalent shares used in computing per share amounts....................     24,000     24,600
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net income per share.......................................................................  $    0.79  $    0.79
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>





<PAGE>
                                                                EXHIBIT 13

Selected Financial Data
(In thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended June 30,                                      1995         1994         1993         1992         1991
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Operations:
Total revenue                                        $810,557     $493,695     $265,038     $171,416     $144,026
Gross profit                                          391,739      227,664      125,110       86,192       67,614
Operating income                                      118,392       60,206       28,153       15,267        9,434
Net income                                             89,211       37,756       18,907        9,947        6,063
Net income per share
  Primary                                            $   3.27     $   1.55     $   0.79     $   0.49     $   0.33
  Fully diluted                                      $   3.06     $   1.51     $   0.79     $   0.49     $   0.33
Balance sheet:
Working capital                                      $337,386     $171,918     $154,723     $ 81,521     $ 51,830
Total assets                                          682,649      381,497      268,839      156,600      116,934
Long-term obligations, less current portion            95,928       78,843       79,066       13,698       21,938
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarterly 1995                                                          1ST          2ND          3RD            4TH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Total revenue                                                      $161,513     $172,739     $219,014       $257,291
Gross profit                                                         76,823       83,888      106,965        124,063
Operating income                                                     22,380       26,939       35,458         33,615
Net income                                                           15,053       18,931       24,793         30,434
Net income per share
  Primary                                                          $   0.61     $   0.68     $   0.89      $    1.07
  Fully diluted                                                    $   0.58     $   0.64     $   0.83      $    1.00
Price range per share                                          $25.75-42.50   $ 35-46.75 $35.25-51.50   $42.50-68.50
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Fourth quarter net income includes the effect of a $10.4 million pre-tax gain on
the sale of Brooks Automation, Inc. securities.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarterly 1994                                                          1ST          2ND          3RD          4TH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Total revenue                                                      $100,889     $115,740     $127,701     $149,365
Gross profit                                                         47,152       53,961       58,313
       68,238
Operating income                                                     13,294       13,344       15,028       18,540
Net income                                                            8,038        8,526        9,556       11,636
Net income per share
  Primary                                                          $   0.33     $   0.35     $   0.39     $   0.48
  Fully diluted                                                    $   0.33     $   0.34     $   0.38     $   0.46
Price range per share                                          $24.17-36.75 $24.50-34.25 $27.75-39.50 $22.75-34.75
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Stock and Dividend Information:

The  Company's Common Stock  is traded in  the over-the-counter market under
the Nasdaq National Market symbol LRCX. The price range per share is the highest
and lowest  bid prices  as  reported by  the  National Association  of  Security
Dealers, Inc.

As of June 30, 1995, the Company had 903 stockholders of record.

No  cash dividends have been  declared or are anticipated  to be paid by the
Company as all available funds are intended to be employed in the development of
the business, and  the Company's bank  lines of credit  restrict the payment  of
dividends.

Lam Research Corporation / 16


<PAGE>



               Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operations

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, certain
income and expense items as a percentage of total revenues:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended June 30,                   1995          1994        1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>         <C>
Net sales                            98.5%         98.2%       98.3%
Royalty income                        1.5           1.8         1.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total revenue                   100.0         100.0       100.0
Cost of goods sold                   51.7          53.8        52.8
Research and development             15.8          15.5        16.6
Selling, general and administrative  17.9          18.5        20.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                     14.6          12.2        10.6
Other income/(expense)                1.1          (0.6)      ( 0.4)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes           15.7          11.6        10.2
Income tax expense                    4.7           3.9         3.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                           11.0%          7.7%        7.1%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


FISCAL 1995 VS. 1994

Lam's net sales for fiscal year 1995 increased to $798.2 million, a 65%
increase from the prior year, as the Company continued to participate
strongly in the worldwide expansion of the semiconductor chip market.
Approximately two-thirds of the increase was due to increased unit shipments
of the Company's Rainbow and TCP product lines, with shipments of the more
advanced TCP products rising at a slightly higher rate when compared to the
prior year. Of the remaining increase, approximately half was due to the
first volume shipments of the Company's Alliance cluster tool, with most of
that product's revenue growth occurring in the last two quarters of the
fiscal year. Increased spares and service revenue, resulting from the
Company's growing installed base, accounted for most of the remainder of the
sales increase, with spares and service revenue representing 20% of the
Company's total revenue. Geographically, for the first time in its history,
more than half of the Company's revenues came from foreign customers, with
foreign sales representing 54.0% of total revenue, up from 48.4% in the prior
year. During fiscal year 1995, the Company commenced direct sales of its TCP
products to customers in Japan, which accounted for almost 41.5% of the TCP
product lines' growth over the prior year. These sales are Japanese
yen-denominated (the only significant sales which are not U.S.
dollar-denominated) and the Company's practice is to enter into yen forward
exchange contracts at or near the date purchase orders for TCP systems are
received from Japanese customers in order to minimize the subsequent foreign
exchange fluctuations. Korea continued to be the Company's largest single
foreign market and accounted for 16.3% and 15.1% of net sales in fiscal 1995
and 1994, respectively, and sales to European customers increased by over 47%
from the prior year.

   Royalty income increased by 40.3% from fiscal year 1994 due to increased
sales of systems incorporating Lam technology by Tokyo Electron Limited (TEL)
and Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. (Sumitomo). The Company believes that
sales of systems incorporating the Company's technologies to Japanese
customers and royalty income derived therefrom will continue to fluctuate on
a quarterly and annual basis.

   Gross margin for fiscal 1995 was 48.3% compared to 46.2% for the prior
year. The improvement in gross margin was due in approximately equal measure
to lower unit manufacturing costs and lower installation and warranty costs.
Most of the decrease in unit manufacturing costs was due to reduced average
material costs as a result of higher volume purchasing (material costs
represent a relatively high percentage of total costs). Reductions in
installation and warranty costs were achieved as a result of active cost
reduction programs, increased training of field service and customer
personnel, as well as ongoing system design improvements.

   Research and development (R&D) spending dollars increased by 67% in fiscal
1995 over fiscal 1994, and as a percentage of total revenues, increased
slightly to 15.8%, up from 15.5% for the prior fiscal year. The Company
operates in a constantly changing and highly competitive market, and
therefore the Company believes it is critical to continue to make its
investment in R&D programs in order to maintain its position as a technology
leader. During fiscal year 1995, the Company opened a major new R&D facility
at its Fremont, California campus and continued to add scientific and
engineering personnel to staff its ongoing development


                                               Lam Research Corporation / 17


<PAGE>

projects, which included improvements to its existing etch products,
continued development of its cluster tool and chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
products, and new product development, including the flat panel display
system.

   Selling, general and administrative (S,G&A) expenses increased by 60% in
fiscal 1995 over fiscal 1994, but continued to decrease as a percentage of
total revenue to 17.9% from 18.5% for the prior fiscal year. The Company
added significant facilities and information technology infrastructure in
fiscal 1995 to accommodate the rapidly expanding growth in its sales, field
service, customer support, and administration areas as a result of the
increased sales volume. S,G&A headcount increased by 57% in fiscal 1995 over
fiscal 1994. The Company now occupies twelve major buildings in Fremont,
California and has expanded its foreign operations, which are primarily sales
and service offices.

   Interest expense increased by 30.6% over the prior fiscal year, due to
additional yen-based borrowings by its Japanese subsidiary, additional
interest expense related to an interest rate swap described in Note D to the
consolidated financial statements, and the increased acquisition of equipment
under capital leases. Interest income increased due to the investment of the
proceeds of a public offering of the Company's common stock completed in the
first quarter of fiscal 1995. Other income includes a $10.4 million gain
recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995 from the sale of stock held in
Brooks Automation, Inc., a vendor of the Company.

   The combined effective tax rate for fiscal 1995 of 30% decreased over the
prior year's 34% due to an increase in benefits resulting from federal and
state research and other tax credits. The Company expects its effective tax
rate to rise slightly in fiscal 1996 as the tax credits become a smaller
percentage of the Company's tax liability. The Company believes its future
income will be sufficient to realize its net deferred tax assets.

FISCAL 1994 VS. 1993

Lam's net sales for fiscal year 1994 increased to $484.9 million, an 86%
increase from the prior year. The Company's increased net sales were driven
by strong sales of the Company's Rainbow and TCP etch product lines, and, to
a lesser extent, by the addition of etch product lines acquired from Drytek,
Inc. in July 1993. Sales of the Company's etch systems, principally Rainbow
and TCP products, contributed approximately 76% of the Company's revenue in
fiscal 1994 compared with 78% in 1993. The increase in etch product sales in
fiscal 1994 reflected strong growth across all three of Lam's major etch
applications (polysilicon, oxide and metal), as well as the ongoing
transition of semiconductor manufacturers to more advanced products and
processes. As a result, sales of TCP products to support these manufacturers'
requirements grew at a faster rate than Rainbow products. Average machine
selling prices increased 18% over the prior year, as TCP systems have
significantly higher average sell-ing prices than Rainbow systems, and unit
machine sales increased by 59% over the prior year. Spares and service
revenue increased 74% as a result of the Company's expanding installed
machine base and represented approximately 19% of the Company's net sales.
Geographically, foreign sales represented 49% of net sales in fiscal 1994
compared to 47% in fiscal 1993, based on strong net sales growth in the Asia
Pacific region and Europe. Major multi-unit shipments to Korean customers
accounted for the largest portion of the increase. Substantially all of the
Company's export sales in fiscal 1994 were denominated in the U.S. dollar.
Royalty income increased by 92% from fiscal 1993 due to increased sales of
systems incorporating its technology by TEL and Sumitomo.

   Gross margin for fiscal 1994 was 46.2% compared to 47.2% for the prior
fiscal year. The decline in margin reflected higher provision for
installation and warranty expenses due in part to the strong sales of the
Company's new TCP machines in fiscal 1994, as well as increased provisions
for excess and obsolete inventories, particularly spare parts inventories
related to the Company's expansion of its operations worldwide. To a lesser
extent, the lower gross margin in fiscal 1994 reflects discounts on certain
multi-unit orders from Korean customers, and increased sales of Rainbow
modules at low margins to Sumitomo in Japan. These factors were offset in
part by increased margins for Lam's mature Rainbow machines due to higher
average selling prices and by an increase in spare parts and service margins.

   R&D spending, net of third party funding, increased by 74% in fiscal 1994
over fiscal 1993, although as a percentage of total revenues, it decreased to
15.5%, slightly less


Lam Research Corporation / 18


<PAGE>

than fiscal year 1993. The increased spending was due to enhancements of
existing etch and deposition products.

   S,G&A expenses increased by 72% in fiscal 1994 over fiscal 1993, but
decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 18.5% from 20.0%. The Company
added employees in all S,G&A areas to accommodate the increased sales volume,
in particular in field service and customer support, both in the United
States and in its foreign sales and service subsidiaries. Fiscal year 1994
marked the first full year of operation for the Company's development center
in Japan. The Company also established a new customer and employee training
facility at its Fremont headquarters, and facility-related expenses in
general have risen due to increasing employee headcount.

   The increase in other expense from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994 was due
primarily to higher interest expense resulting from the Company's May 1993
$66 million convertible subordinated debenture offering. The effective tax
rate for fiscal 1994 of 34% increased over the prior year's 30% due primarily
to a decrease in estimated business tax credits available for use in fiscal
1994 and the 1% income tax rate increase as a result of passage of the
Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Operating activities provided approximately $19.1 million in cash flows for
fiscal 1995. Approximately $112.7 million of net cash was generated from net
income plus non-cash depreciation and amortization, which was partially
offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories less increases in
trade accounts payable and accrued expenses, all such increases being due to
the Company's increased sales volume. During fiscal year 1995, the Company
entered into two agreements with banks which allow the Company to sell up to
$70.0 million of yen-denominated accounts receivable to the banks. At June
30, 1995, $37.6 million of receivables had been sold to the banks, with $30.1
million still uncollected by the banks and subject to recourse provisions.

   Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 1995 was $124.7 million,
primarily for capital expenditures including acquisition of equipment used
in manufacturing and research and development and construction of
demonstration labs and leasehold improvements. In July 1995, the Company
completed construction of a new manufacturing facility in Korea which is
expected to supply a portion of the systems requirements of the Company's
customers there by the end of fiscal 1996. Other uses of cash in investing
activities included purchases of short-term investments totaling $58.2
million (net of sales). The short-term investments consisted primarily of
money market preferred issues and floating rate municipal bonds which had
terms of less than 90 days.

   In addition to internally generated sources of cash flows, the Company
completed a public offering of its Common Stock during the first quarter of
fiscal 1995, raising $115.0 million from the sale of 3,100,000 shares.
Additionally, the Company made primarily Japanese yen-denominated borrowings
totaling approximately $9.5 million during fiscal 1995.

   As of June 30, 1995, the Company had $101.0 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments compared with $38.3 million at June
30, 1994. The Company also had $50.0 million available under four bank lines
of credit which expire between September 1995 and June 1996; the Company
expects to negotiate extensions on all of the lines of credit upon
substantially similar terms. Borrowings under the lines are unsecured. There
were no outstanding borrowings on the lines at June 30, 1995.

   During fiscal 1994, the Company entered into a lease for a new research
and development facility at its Fremont headquarters. Under the terms of a
pledge agreement related to this lease, the Company is required to provide
collateral (restricted investments) equal to 110% of the construction costs.
The restricted investments were $25.0 million at June 30, 1995. The Company
is currently renegotiating the pledge agreement to reduce the amount of
restricted investments.

   The Company's commitments consist primarily of debt obligations and
operating and capital lease commitments for its facilities and equipment.
Based upon current forecasts, the Company's cash, cash equivalents,
short-term investments and available lines of credit at June 30, 1995 should
be sufficient to support anticipated levels of operations and capital
expenditures through June 30, 1996.

                                               Lam Research Corporation / 19


<PAGE>

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30,                                                        1995            1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents                                   $ 43,675        $ 24,092
Short-term investments                                        57,334          14,194
Accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts
 of $1,189 in 1995 and $1,156 in 1994                        195,682         120,326
Inventories                                                  171,401         115,569
Prepaid expenses and other assets                             25,263           6,023
Deferred income taxes                                         32,778          17,537
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current assets                                     526,133         297,741
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net                    117,571          61,749
Restricted investments                                        25,024           9,928
Other assets                                                  13,921          12,079
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $682,649        $381,497
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Trade accounts payable                                      $ 82,542        $ 66,127
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                        98,633          52,866
Current portion of long-term debt and capital
  lease obligations                                            7,572           6,830
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current liabilities                                188,747         125,823

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations,
  less current portion                                        95,928          78,843
Deferred income taxes                                          2,712              --
Commitments and contingencies
Preferred Stock; 5,000 shares authorized, none outstanding        --              --
Common stock at par value of $.001 per share
 Authorized--90,000 shares; issued and outstanding--27,275
 shares at June 30, 1995 and 23,528 shares at June 30, 1994       27              24
Additional paid-in capital                                   224,730          95,513
Retained earnings                                            170,505          81,294
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total stockholders' equity                               395,262         176,831
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $682,649        $381,497
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Lam Research Corporation / 20


<PAGE>

                                         Consolidated Statements of Income
                                         (in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended June 30,                                      1995          1994          1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales                                            $798,209      $484,892      $260,454
Royalty income                                         12,348         8,803         4,584
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total revenue                                       810,557       493,695       265,038

Costs and expenses:
  Cost of goods sold                                  418,818       266,031       139,928
  Research and development                            127,840        76,328        43,888
  Selling, general and administrative                 145,507        91,130        53,069
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      692,165       433,489       236,885
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                      118,392        60,206        28,153
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                       5,138         1,743           818
  Interest expense                                     (6,732)       (5,155)       (2,112)
  Other                                                10,646           363           151
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        9,052        (3,049)       (1,143)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                            127,444        57,157        27,010
Income tax expense                                     38,233        19,401         8,103
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                           $ 89,211      $ 37,756      $ 18,907
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income per share
  Primary                                            $   3.27      $   1.55      $   0.79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Fully diluted                                      $   3.06      $   1.51      $   0.79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of shares used in per share calculations
  Primary                                              27,300        24,300        24,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Fully diluted                                        30,300        27,000        24,600
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                               Lam Research Corporation / 21


<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended June 30,                                      1995          1994          1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                         $ 89,211      $ 37,756      $ 18,907
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                      23,532        18,438        12,690
    Deferred income taxes                             (12,529)      (13,310)       (2,808)
    Changes in certain working capital accounts:
      Accounts receivable                             (75,356)      (50,382)      (24,727)
      Inventories                                     (55,832)      (51,280)      (36,513)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets               (19,240)       (2,635)         (761)
      Trade accounts payable                           16,415        35,289        13,624
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities           52,895        32,378        10,066
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total adjustments                               (70,115)      (31,502)      (28,429)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
        operating activities                           19,096         6,254        (9,522)

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures                                (63,405)      (18,975)      (14,218)
  Purchase of short-term investments                 (348,204)      (14,194)           --
  Sale of short-term investments                      289,968            --            --
  Purchase of restricted investments                       --        (9,928)           --
  Acquisition of Drytek, Inc., net of cash acquired        --        (5,785)           --
  Other                                                (3,026)       (2,102)       (2,731)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net cash used in investing activities          (124,667)      (50,984)      (16,949)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt              9,468         5,724        71,738
  Principal payments on long-term debt and
    capital lease obligations                          (6,406)       (6,843)       (6,260)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock              122,092         2,688         2,414
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities       125,154         1,569        67,892
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   19,583       (43,161)       41,421
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         24,092        67,253        25,832
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year             $ 43,675      $ 24,092      $ 67,253
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash payments for interest                           $  6,614      $  4,575      $  1,582
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash payments for income taxes                       $ 31,319      $ 20,289      $  6,065
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Lam Research Corporation / 22


<PAGE>


                               Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                               (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Common     Common        Additional
                                              Stock      Stock           Paid-in        Retained
                                             Shares     Amount           Capital        Earnings       Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
Balance at June 30, 1992                     22,290        $22          $ 81,939        $ 24,631      $106,592
Sale of Common Stock, net of repurchases        774          1             2,413              --         2,414
Income tax benefit from stock option
  transactions                                   --         --             1,735              --         1,735
Common Stock issued to acquire
  Monkowski-Rhine, Inc.                          78         --               622              --           622
Net income                                       --         --                --          18,907        18,907
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1993                     23,142         23            86,709          43,538       130,270
Sale of Common Stock, net of repurchases        350          1             2,687              --         2,688
Income tax benefit from stock option
  transactions                                   --         --             4,939              --         4,939
Common Stock issued to acquire
  Monkowski-Rhine, Inc.                          36         --             1,178              --         1,178
Net income                                       --         --                --          37,756        37,756
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1994                     23,528         24            95,513          81,294       176,831
Sale of Common Stock, net of repurchases      3,747          3           122,089              --       122,092
Income tax benefit from stock option
  transactions                                   --         --             7,128              --         7,128
Net income                                       --         --                --          89,211        89,211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1995                     27,275        $27          $224,730        $170,505      $395,262
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                               Lam Research Corporation / 23


<PAGE>



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 1995

   -------------------------------------------
A  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

INVESTMENTS

Effective July 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities" (FAS 115), which requires investments in debt and marketable
equity securities to be classified as either held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale. The Company reviewed its portfolio and determined that
its investments are to be classified as either available-for-sale or
held-to-maturity. Under FAS 115, securities classified as available-for-sale
are stated at fair value and any difference between an investment's cost and
its fair value is recorded in stockholders' equity. Debt securities
classified as held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market. The Company adjusts the carrying value of excess or obsolete
inventory as appropriate.

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. Equipment is
depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized by the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the
related asset or the term of the lease. Amortization of equipment under
capital leases is included with depreciation.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Sales of the Company's products are generally recorded upon shipment.
Estimated costs to be incurred by the Company related to product installation
and warranty fulfillment are accrued at the date of shipment.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The Company has foreign sales and service operations. With respect to all
foreign subsidiaries excluding Japan, the functional currency is the U.S.
dollar and transaction and translation gains and losses are included in net
income and have not been material in any year presented. Due to the changing
nature of the operation of the Company's Japanese subsidiary, effective
January 1, 1994, the Company determined that the functional currency of this
subsidiary is the Japanese yen. Accordingly, translation gains and losses
related to the Japan subsidiary are included as a component of stockholders'
equity subsequent to January 1994, but have not been material through June
30, 1995.

INCOME PER SHARE

Income per share computations are based upon the weighted average number of
shares of Common Stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the
year. The common stock equivalents include shares issuable upon the assumed
exercise of the stock options reflected under the treasury stock method. The
convertible subordinated debentures are not common stock equivalents and,
accordingly, are excluded from the calculation of primary income per share.
Fully diluted income per share includes the effect of the convertible
subordinated debentures and net income is adjusted to reflect the exclusion
of net interest expense and net amortization expense of debt issuance costs
related to the debentures assuming their conversion at the beginning of the
period.



Lam Research Corporation / 24


<PAGE>

INCOME TAXES

In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." The Company adopted the provisions of the
standard as of July 1, 1993, the beginning of fiscal year 1994. Adoption of
FAS 109 had no current or cumulative impact on the Company's income at the
date of adoption. As permitted by FAS 109, the Company has elected not to
restate the financial statements for the years prior to adoption.

   -------------------------------------------
B  Company and Industry Information

Lam Research Corporation is a leading supplier of technically complex thin
film processing equipment used in primary stages of semiconductor
manufacturing. The Company's product offerings include single wafer plasma
etch systems with a wide range of applications and chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) systems. The Company sells its products primarily to large companies
involved in the production of semiconductors in the United States, Europe,
Japan and Asia Pacific. Credit evaluations are performed on all customers and
the Company usually does not require collateral on sales.

   During fiscal 1995, the Company entered into two agreements totaling
approximately $70,000,000 to sell specific Japanese yen-denominated
receivables subject to recourse provisions. At June 30, 1995, $37,612,000 of
receivables had been sold to the bank, of which $30,107,000 remained
uncollected by the bank at June 30, 1995.

   One customer accounted for 11%, 14% and 15% of sales for fiscal 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively. Another customer accounted for 10% of sales for
fiscal 1994.

   The Company operates in four geographic regions, the United States,
Europe, Japan and Asia Pacific. The following is a summary of local
operations by geographic region at June 30:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                  1995        1994       1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  United States             $820,418    $491,909   $262,268
  Europe                      38,604      23,776     10,913
  Japan                       52,923       5,705        946
  Asia Pacific                38,162      13,522      4,376
  Elimination               (139,550)    (41,217)   (13,465)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total                       $810,557    $493,695   $265,038
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income (loss):
  United States             $111,284    $ 57,694   $ 27,959
  Europe                       9,874       7,902      1,902
  Japan                          520         793         44
  Asia Pacific                13,199       2,885     (1,679)
  Elimination                (16,485)     (9,068)       (73)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total                       $118,392    $ 60,206   $ 28,153
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets:
  United States             $772,696    $411,838   $271,745
  Europe                      28,936      26,067      6,220
  Japan                       64,135      10,993      5,149
  Asia Pacific                32,832      15,346      5,660
  Elimination               (215,950)    (82,747)   (19,935)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total                       $682,649    $381,497   $268,839
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


   Sales between geographic areas are accounted for at prices which the Company
believes are arm's length prices, which in general are in accordance with the
rules and regulations of the respective governing authorities. Total export
reve-nues consisting of sales from the Company's U.S. operating subsidiary to
nonaffiliated customers by geographic region for years ended June 30 are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                  1995        1994       1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>         <C>        <C>
Asia Pacific                $173,549    $102,763   $ 56,591
Europe                       105,349      73,563     39,417
Japan                         29,477      19,612      9,388
- --------------------------------------------------------------
                            $308,375    $195,938   $105,396
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                               Lam Research Corporation / 25


<PAGE>

   -------------------------------------------
C  Financial Instruments

During fiscal 1995, the Company adopted FAS 115 "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."

   Due to insignificant differences at the date of adoption of FAS 115
between cost and fair value of the Company's investments in debt and equity
securities, the adoption of FAS 115 had no effect on the Company's financial
statements. In accordance with FAS 115, prior period financial statements
have not been restated.

   Investments at June 30, 1995 are comprised of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Gross         Gross     Estimated
                                        Unrealized    Unrealized          Fair
(in thousands)                  Cost         Gains        Losses         Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
Available-for-Sale:
  Commercial Paper            $12,983     $  --         $  --        $12,983
  Institutional
    Money Markets              15,050        --            --         15,050
  US Treasury Notes             1,973        --            --          1,973
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Amounts included
    in cash and
    cash equivalents           30,006        --            --         30,006
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Floating Rate
    Municipal Bonds            50,334        --            --         50,334

  Money Market
    Preferred Issues            7,000        --            --          7,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Amounts included
    in short-term
    investments                57,334        --            --         57,334
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total
    Available-for-sale        $87,340     $  --         $  --        $87,340
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Held-to-Maturity:
  US Treasury Notes           $25,024     $  --         $(509)       $24,515
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Amounts included
    in restricted cash        $25,024     $  --         $(509)       $24,515
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt
securities at June 30, 1995, by contractual maturities are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Estimated
                                                             Fair
(in thousands)                               Cost           Value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>
Due in less than one year                $ 87,340        $ 87,340
Due after one year through
  five years                               25,024          24,515
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investments in debt securities     $112,364        $111,855
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   During fiscal 1995, the Company transferred $15,096,000 of short-term
investments to restricted investments to comply with the collateral
requirements under a facility lease agreement.

   The carrying and fair values of the Company's other financial instruments
at June 30 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1995                      1994
                                            Estimated                 Estimated
                                Carrying         Fair      Carrying        Fair
(in thousands)                     Value        Value         Value       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
Cash & cash
  equivalents                    $43,675     $ 43,675       $24,092     $24,092

Convertible
  subordinated
  debentures                     $66,000     $169,868       $66,000     $83,160

Other long-term
  debt                           $37,500     $ 37,200       $19,673     $19,963
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   The fair values of the Company's short-term investments, restricted
investments, and convertible subordinated debentures are based on quoted
market prices at June 30, 1995 and 1994. The fair value of the Company's
other long-term debt is estimated based on the current rates offered to the
Company for similar debt instruments of the same remaining maturities.

   During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995, the Company sold all of its
shareholdings of Brooks Automation, Inc., (Brooks) for a pre-tax gain of
$10,399,000, which is included as other income. At June 30, 1995, the
receivable related to the sale of these securities is included in other
current assets. The shares the Company sold were included as part of a Brooks
secondary public offering of common stock on June 27, 1995. Roger Emerick,
the Company's Chief Executive Officer, serves on the board of directors of
Brooks.

Lam Research Corporation / 26


<PAGE>

   -------------------------------------------
D  Derivative Financial Instruments

During fiscal 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 119, "Disclosure about Derivative Financial Instruments and
Fair Value of Financial Instruments" (FAS 119).

   The Company enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to
hedge the value of Japanese yen-denominated sales transactions against
fluctuations in exchange rates. The purpose of entering into these forward
yen contracts is to attempt to minimize the impact of exchange rate
fluctuations on the value of the yen-denominated assets and liabilities.
Substantially all forward contracts entered into by the Company have
maturities of 360 days or less. The realized and unrealized gains and losses
on these contracts are deferred and are offset against realized and
unrealized gains and losses from the settlement of the related yen
receivables. At June 30, 1995, the Company had forward contracts to sell
$30,701,000 in Japanese yen. The unrealized gain on these contracts at June
30, 1995 was $464,000. The realized losses on forward yen contracts during
fiscal 1995 were offset by underlying gains on the receivables. At June 30,
1994, the outstanding face amounts of currency forward contracts was
approximately $8,000,000, all of which hedge Japanese yen purchase
commitments from Japanese customers.

   In May 1993, the Company entered into a three year interest-rate swap
agreement with a third party which is scheduled to mature in May 1996. Under
the agreement the third party is assuming 4.5% of the 6% fixed interest rate
payments related to the Company's $66,000,000 convertible subordinated
debentures while the Company is assuming variable interest rate (equal to the
six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), 6.375% at June 30, 1995)
payments of the third party on a like principal amount. The net amount of
interest payments assumed by the third party and interest payments made by
the Company is included in interest expense. The fair value of the liability
related to the Company's interest rate swap was $1,216,000 at June 30, 1995.

   -------------------------------------------
E  Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at June 30:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                        1995            1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>
Raw materials                     $ 80,910        $ 52,018
Work-in-process                     73,183          50,189
Finished goods                      17,308          13,362
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $171,401        $115,569
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   -------------------------------------------
F  Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following at June 30:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                        1995            1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>
Equipment                         $ 80,910        $ 65,653
Furniture and fixtures              25,372          14,815
Leasehold improvements              64,707          32,237
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                   170,989         112,705

Less allowance for depreciation
 and amortization                  (53,418)        (50,956)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $117,571        $ 61,749
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   -------------------------------------------
G  Other Assets

Patents and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over
their estimated useful lives. Debt issuance costs related to the convertible
subordinated debentures issued by the Company in May 1993 are being amortized
ratably over ten years. Accumulated amortization of patents, other
intangibles, and debt issuance costs was $522,000 and $3,951,000 at June 30,
1995 and 1994, respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995, the
Company determined the future usefulness of certain capitalized patents and
other intangibles was in significant doubt and that the carrying value of
these assets would not be realized through future cash flows. Accordingly,
the Company wrote off the net book value ($1,960,000) of these assets.


                                               Lam Research Corporation / 27


<PAGE>

   -------------------------------------------
H  Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The significant components of accrued expenses and other liabilities consist
of the following at June 30:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                        1995            1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>
Warranty, installation, and
  product improvement reserves     $40,986         $21,609
Accrued compensation                22,260          12,471
Income and other taxes payable      22,546          11,641
Other                               12,841           7,145
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                   $98,633         $52,866
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   -------------------------------------------
I  Lines of Credit, Long-Term Debt and
   Capital Lease Obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations at June 30 consist of the
following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                        1995            1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>
6% convertible subordinated
  debentures due 2003,
  convertible into 2,640,000
  shares of Common Stock
  at $25 per share at any time
  prior to maturity               $ 66,000         $66,000

Japanese yen-denominated bank
  loans with fixed interest rates
  from 3.5% to 4.9%; principal
  payable in quarterly installments
  from July 1995 to April 2003      16,572           7,919

Notes payable to leasing
  companies with interest rates
  from 4.9% to 11.2%, payable
  in monthly installments
  through July 1996                  2,391           4,826

Long-term obligation for
  technology rights                  2,250           4,250

Capitalized lease obligations
  with varying interest rates
  from 6.3% to 10.5%                15,508           2,517

Other                                  779             161
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                   103,500          85,673
Less current portion                (7,572)         (6,830)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $ 95,928         $78,843
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   The Company has lines of credit available with four banks totalling
$50,000,000 on which borrowings bear interest at the bank's prime rate or 1%
over either the three month LIBOR rate or Eurodollar rate. No borrowings were
outstanding at June 30, 1995 or June 30, 1994. The Company's lines of credit
restrict the Company from paying dividends. These lines expire between
September 1995 and June 1996, and the Company expects to renegotiate
extensions on all of them with similar terms.

   The notes payable to leasing companies are collateralized by equipment
additions with a cost equal to the original principal amount of the notes.

   At June 30, 1995, future maturities of long-term debt and minimum payments
for capital lease obligations are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Capital
Year ending June 30             Long term           Lease
(in thousands)                       Debt      Obligations        Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>             <C>
1996                              $ 4,782          $ 5,726     $ 10,508
1997                                5,194            5,194       10,388
1998                                3,815            4,283        8,098
1999                                2,881            2,104        4,985
2000                                1,968              479        2,447
Thereafter                         69,352               --       69,352
Less amounts  representing interest    --           (2,278)      (2,278)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $87,992          $15,508     $103,500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   Long-term debt and capital lease obligations are collateralized by
equipment included in equipment and leasehold improvements with a cost and
accumulated depreciation and amortization of $27,009,000 and $(16,136,000),
respectively, at June 30, 1995, and $18,296,000 and $(11,613,000),
respectively, at June 30, 1994.

   -------------------------------------------
J  Incentive Stock Option Plans and
   Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has adopted incentive stock option plans that provide for the
granting to qualified employees of incentive stock options to purchase shares
of Common Stock.

Lam Research Corporation / 28


<PAGE>

In addition, the plans permit the granting of nonstatutory stock options to
paid consultants and employees and provide for the automatic grant of
nonstatutory stock options to outside directors. The option price is
determined by the Board of Directors, but in no event will it be less than
the fair market value on the date of grant (no less than 85% of the fair
market value at the date of grant in case of nonstatutory options). Options
granted under the plans vest over a period determined by the Board of
Directors. Under the automatic grant program, each outside director receives
an option exercisable for 6,000 shares of Common Stock during January of each
year with the exercise price equal to the fair market value on date of grant.

   A summary of incentive stock option plan transactions follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Authorized     Outstanding     Option Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>             <C>
June 30, 1992                 710,467       1,706,602      $ 0.34-9.21
Granted                      (524,400)        524,400       8.17-20.21
Exercised                          --        (674,243)       0.34-9.21
Cancelled                      46,247         (46,247)       2.04-5.83
Expired                        (6,195)             --               --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30, 1993                 226,119       1,510,512       0.34-20.21
Additional amount
  authorized                  900,000              --               --
Granted                      (743,225)        743,225      26.29-35.88
Exercised                          --        (281,528)      0.34-20.00
Cancelled                     100,589        (100,589)      0.34-35.88
Expired                        (9,767)             --               --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30, 1994                 473,716       1,871,620       2.04-35.88
Additional amount
  authorized                1,075,000              --               --
Granted                      (820,600)        820,600      28.00-63.88
Exercised                          --        (563,965)      2.04-35.88
Cancelled                      49,654         (49,654)      1.70-50.63
Expired                        (5,481)             --               --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30, 1995                 772,289       2,078,601      $2.04-63.88
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   At June 30, 1995, 2,850,890 shares of Common Stock were reserved for
future issuance under the stock option plans and options to purchase 698,864
shares were exercisable at a range of $2.04-$36.63.

   Common Stock is sold to employees under the 1984 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. The purchase price per share is the lower of 85% of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the first or last day of a six-month offering
period. A total of 808,932 shares of the Company's Common Stock was issued
under the plan through June 30, 1995 at prices ranging from $2.65 to $32.67
per share. At June 30, 1995, 378,568 shares remain available for sale under
this plan.

   -------------------------------------------
K  Profit Sharing Plan and Benefit Plan

During fiscal 1995, the Company revised the profit sharing plan for its
domestic employees. Distributions to employees by the Company are made
quarterly based upon a percentage of base salary provided that a threshold
level of the Company's financial performance is met. Upon achievement of the
threshold, the profit sharing is awarded based upon performance against
certain corporate financial and operating goals. Prior to fiscal 1995,
distributions to the domestic employees under the profit sharing plan were
made semi-annually based on 5% of pretax income provided certain minimum net
income goals were met. Profit sharing plan expense for fiscal 1995, 1994 and
1993 was $9,506,000, $3,008,000, and $1,422,000 respectively.

   The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan for its full-time
domestic employees. Each participant in the plan may elect to contribute 2%
to 20% of his or her annual salary to the plan, subject to statutory
limitations. Beginning January 1, 1994, the Company began to match employee
contributions to the plan at the rate of 50% of the first 6% of salary
contributed. The Company match expense for fiscal 1995 and 1994 was
$2,342,000 and $770,000, respectively.


                                               Lam Research Corporation / 29


<PAGE>

   -------------------------------------------
L  Commitments

The Company leases its administrative, research and development, and
manufacturing facilities, regional sales/service offices and certain
equipment under noncancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates
through 2005. All of the Company's facility leases for buildings located at
its Fremont, California headquarters and certain other operating leases
provide the Company an option to extend the lease for additional periods.
Certain of the Company's other facility leases provide for periodic rent
increases based on the general rate of inflation.

   Future minimum lease payments for the years ended June 30 and in the
aggregate under operating leases consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1996                            $ 18,720
1997                              15,398
1998                              12,746
1999                               8,819
2000                               8,230
  Thereafter                      40,125
- -------------------------------------------------
                                $104,038
- -------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   During fiscal 1994, the Company entered into a lease for a new research
and development facility at its Fremont headquarters. Under the terms of a
pledge agreement related to this lease, the Company is required to provide
collateral (restricted investments) for 110% of the construction costs. The
restricted investments were $25,024,000 at June 30, 1995.

   Total rental expense for all leases amounted to approximately $9,528,000,
$6,173,000, and $5,370,000 for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

   -------------------------------------------
M  Licensing/Royalty Agreements

The Company has an agreement with Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. (Sumitomo)
giving the Company the right to distribute Sumitomo's ECR CVD systems in the
United States and Europe while giving Sumitomo the right to distribute Lam's
Rainbow etch systems in Japan. The Company's sales of Rainbow (for the entire
fiscal year 1995) and TCP (through October 1994) etch systems to Sumitomo
were approximately $18,800,000, $23,300,000, and $9,800,000, for fiscal 1995,
1994, and 1993, respectively. Royalty income earned from Sumitomo for fiscal
1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to approximately $1,700,000, $1,800,000, and
$1,300,000.

   The Company also receives royalty income from Tokyo Electron, Limited
(TEL) under a licensing agreement signed in fiscal 1987 and extended in
fiscal 1992. For the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company
earned approximately $10,500,000, $7,000,000, and $3,300,000, of royalty
income, respectively from TEL.

   During fiscal 1995, the Company earned $100,000 of royalty income from other
sources.

   -------------------------------------------
N  Income Taxes

Income tax expense consists of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                1995         1994         1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Federal:
  Current                  $36,093      $23,544       $7,025
  Deferred                 (10,247)     (13,310)      (2,808)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                            25,846       10,234        4,217
State:
  Current                    6,131        3,572        1,728
  Deferred                  (2,282)          --           --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                             3,849        3,572        1,728
Foreign:
  Current                    8,538        5,595        2,158
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                           $38,233      $19,401       $8,103
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   Actual current tax liabilities are lower than reflected above for fiscal
years 1995, 1994 and 1993 by $7,128,000, $4,939,000 and $1,735,000
respectively, for the stock

Lam Research Corporation / 30


<PAGE>

option deduction benefits recorded as a credit to stockholders' equity.

   Under FAS No. 109, deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax
purposes. Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax assets as
of June 30, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                          1995         1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Inventory valuation differences    $15,969      $ 8,330
  Accounting reserves and
    accruals deductible in
    different periods                 16,809        8,901
  Other                                   --          306
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets             32,778       17,537
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Other                               (2,712)          --
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities        (2,712)          --
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets              $30,066      $17,537
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   The Company believes its future income will be sufficient to realize its
net deferred tax assets.

   A reconciliation of income tax expense provided at the federal statutory
rate (35% in 1995 and 1994, and 34% in 1993) to income tax expense follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                1995         1994          1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Income tax expense
  computed at federal
  statutory rate           $44,605      $20,005        $9,183
Tax credits used            (2,800)        (701)       (1,575)
State income taxes,
  net of federal
  tax benefits               2,502        2,322         1,140
Foreign sales
  corporation tax
  benefits                  (5,250)      (2,038)       (1,099)
Other                         (824)        (187)          454
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                           $38,233      $19,401        $8,103
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


   Income from foreign operations for fiscal years 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$17,830,000, $12,859,000, and $3,235,000, respectively.

   -------------------------------------------
O  Acquisition of Drytek, Inc.

On July 1, 1993, the Company purchased the assets and assumed the liabilities
of Drytek, Inc. (a Massachusetts corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of
General Signal Corporation (GSC), a New York corporation). The purchase price
was approximately $5,800,000 in cash. The assets acquired consisted primarily
of accounts receivable, inventory and fixed assets, while the liabilities
assumed consisted primarily of trade accounts payable and other specified
general liabilities. Drytek, Inc. was a manufacturer of semiconductor etch
equipment since its founding in 1980.

   -------------------------------------------
P  Litigation

In October 1993, Varian Associates, Inc. (Varian) brought suit against the
Company in the United States District Court, Northern District of California,
seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief based on the Company's alleged
infringement of certain patents held by Varian. The lawsuit is in the late
stages of discovery. The Company has asserted defenses of invalidity and
unenforceability of the patents that are the subject of the lawsuit, as well
as noninfringement of such patents by the Company's products. While
litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and no assurance can be given
that the Company will prevail in such litigation or will obtain a license
under such patents on commercially reasonable terms or at all if such patents
are held valid and infringed by the Company's products, the Company believes
that the Varian lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.

   In addition, the Company is from time to time notified by various parties
that it may be in violation of certain patents. In such cases, it is the
Company's intention to seek negotiated licenses where it is considered
appropriate. The outcome of these matters will not, in management's opinion,
have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position,
operating results or cash flows.


Lam Research Corporation / 31


<PAGE>


Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors


Board of Directors
Lam Research Corporation
Fremont, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lam Research
Corporation as of June 30, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 1995. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lam Research
Corporation at June 30, 1995 and 1994, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


ERNST & YOUNG LLP


August 3, 1995

San Jose, California


                                               Lam Research Corporation / 32


<PAGE>

                                                      Corporate Directory

Board of Directors

Roger D. Emerick
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Lam Research Corporation

Osamu Kano*
Chairman of Lam Research Co., Ltd.
and President of Innoquest Corporation

David G. Arscott*+
General Partner
Compass Technology Partners

Jack R. Harris*+
President
Optical Specialties Inc.

Grant M. Inman*+
General Partner
Inman & Bowman

Officers

Roger D. Emerick
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer

Henk J. Evenhuis
Senior Vice President, Finance,
Chief Financial Officer

Alexander M. Voshchenkov
Vice President and
Chief Technical Officer

Raymond L. Degner
Senior Vice President

Robert C. Fink
Executive Vice President

G. Dennis Key
Vice President

Richard H. Lovgren
Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

Larry N. Stewart
Vice President

Hsui-Sheng (Way) Tu
Vice President

Thomas O. Yep
Vice President

Corporate Headquarters

Lam Research Corporation
4650 Cushing Parkway
Fremont, California 94538
Telephone: (510) 659-0200
Fax: (510) 572-6454

Worldwide Sales and Support Offices

DOMESTIC

Tempe, Arizona
Costa Mesa, California
Fremont, California
San Jose, California
Colorado Springs, Colorado
Bradford, Connecticut
Danbury, Connecticut
Boise, Idaho
Franklin, Massachusetts
Wilmington, Massachusetts
Albuquerque, New Mexico
Fishkill, New York
Aloha, Oregon
Austin, Texas
Richardson, Texas
Williston, Vermont
Vancouver, Washington

INTERNATIONAL

Beijing, China
Shanghai, China
Grenoble, France
Mennecy, France
Achenmuhle, Germany
Leixlip, County Kildare, Ireland
Milan, Italy
Jerusalem, Israel
Sagamihara, Japan
CheonAn, Korea
East Kilbride, Scotland
Singapore
Hsin-Chu, Taiwan

Legal Counsel

Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich
& Rosati, P.C.
Palo Alto, California


Independent Auditors

Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California

Transfer Agent and Registrar
For a response to questions regarding
misplaced stock certificates, changes
of address, or the consolidation of
accounts, please contact the Company's
transfer agent.

Chemical Mellon Shareholders Services
50 California Street, 10th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
(800) 356-2017

Investor Relations

Lam Research Corporation welcomes
inquiries from its stockholders and other
interested investors. For further
information on the Company's activities,
additional copies of this report,
the Form 10-K or other financial materials,
please contact:

Lam Research Corporation
Investor Relations Department
4650 Cushing Parkway
Fremont, California 94538
(510) 572-6820

Stock Listing

The Company's Common Stock is
traded in the over-the-counter market
on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol LRCX.

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders
will be held at 10:00 a.m. on Thursday,
October 26, 1995 at the Company's

corporate headquarters.



*Design: Heiney & Craig, Inc., San Francisco
*Member of Audit Committee
+Member of Compensation Committee






<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT 21

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     STATE OR OTHER
            SUBSIDIARY                         JURISDICTION OF OPERATION
            ----------                         --------------------------
<S>                                      <C>

LAM RESEARCH GMBH                        GERMANY
LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.                   JAPAN (KANAGAWA)
LAM RESEARCH CO., LTD.                   JAPAN (SAITAMA)
LAM RESEARCH (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD         CHINA
LAM RESEARCH LTD.                        UNITED KINGDOM
LAM RESEARCH SARL                        FRANCE
LAM RESEARCH SINGAPORE PTE LTD           SINGAPORE
LRC INTERNATIONAL FSC CORPORATION        BARBADOS
LAM RESEARCH KOREA LIMITED               KOREA
LAM RESEARCH S.R.L.                      ITALY
LAM RESEARCH (ISRAEL) LTD.               ISRAEL
MONKOWSKI-RHINE, INCORPORATED            CALIFORNIA

</TABLE>








<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 23


               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Lam Research Corporation of our report dated August 3, 1995, included in the
1995 Annual Report to Stockholders of Lam Research Corporation.

Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of Lam Research
Corporation listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above,
when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(Form S-8 Nos. 33-32166, Amendment No. 1, and 33-43857) of our report dated
August 3, 1995, with respect to the consolidated financial statements
incorporated herein by reference, and our report included in the preceding
paragraph with respect to the financial statement schedule included in this
Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Lam Research Corporation.


                                      /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

September 25, 1995
San
 Jose, California




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME, THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JUL-01-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1995
<CASH>                                          43,675
<SECURITIES>                                    57,334
<RECEIVABLES>                                  196,871
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,189
<INVENTORY>                                    171,401
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               526,133
<PP&E>                                         170,989
<DEPRECIATION>                                  53,418
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 682,649
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          188,747
<BONDS>                                         66,000
<COMMON>                                            27
<PREFERRED-MANDATORY>                                0
<PREFERRED>                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                     395,235
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   682,649
<SALES>                                        798,209
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               810,557
<CGS>                                          418,818
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  692,165
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,732
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                127,444
<INCOME-TAX>                                    38,233
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             89,211
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    89,211
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     3.27
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     3.06
        

</TABLE>